daily update
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / bfd / elf.c
1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
2
3 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
4 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
12
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23
24 /*
25 SECTION
26 ELF backends
27
28 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
29 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
30 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31
32 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
33 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
34 haven't bothered yet. */
35
36 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
37 #define _SYSCALL32
38 #include "sysdep.h"
39 #include "bfd.h"
40 #include "bfdlink.h"
41 #include "libbfd.h"
42 #define ARCH_SIZE 0
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46
47 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
48 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
49 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
50 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
51 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
52 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
53 file_ptr offset);
54
55 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
56 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
57 need to move into elfcode.h. */
58
59 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
60
61 void
62 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
63 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
64 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
65 {
66 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
67 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
68 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
69 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
70 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
71 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
72 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
73 }
74
75 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
76
77 void
78 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
79 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
80 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
81 {
82 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
83 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
84 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
85 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
86 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
87 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
88 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
89 }
90
91 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
92
93 void
94 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
95 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
96 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
97 {
98 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
99 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
100 }
101
102 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
103
104 void
105 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
106 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
107 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
108 {
109 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
110 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
111 }
112
113 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
114
115 void
116 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
117 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
118 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
119 {
120 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
121 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
122 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
123 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
124 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
125 }
126
127 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
128
129 void
130 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
131 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
132 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
133 {
134 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
135 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
136 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
137 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
138 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
139 }
140
141 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
142
143 void
144 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
145 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
146 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
147 {
148 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
149 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
150 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
151 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
152 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
153 }
154
155 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
156
157 void
158 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
159 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
160 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
161 {
162 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
163 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
164 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
165 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
167 }
168
169 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
170
171 void
172 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
173 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
174 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
175 {
176 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
177 }
178
179 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
180
181 void
182 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
183 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
184 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
185 {
186 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
187 }
188
189 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
190 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
191
192 unsigned long
193 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
194 {
195 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
196 unsigned long h = 0;
197 unsigned long g;
198 int ch;
199
200 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
201 {
202 h = (h << 4) + ch;
203 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
204 {
205 h ^= g >> 24;
206 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
207 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
208 h ^= g;
209 }
210 }
211 return h & 0xffffffff;
212 }
213
214 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
215 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
216
217 unsigned long
218 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
219 {
220 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
221 unsigned long h = 5381;
222 unsigned char ch;
223
224 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
225 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
226 return h & 0xffffffff;
227 }
228
229 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
230 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
231 bfd_boolean
232 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
233 size_t object_size,
234 enum elf_object_id object_id)
235 {
236 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
237 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
238 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
239 return FALSE;
240
241 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
242 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
243 return TRUE;
244 }
245
246
247 bfd_boolean
248 bfd_elf_make_generic_object (bfd *abfd)
249 {
250 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
251 GENERIC_ELF_TDATA);
252 }
253
254 bfd_boolean
255 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
256 {
257 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
258 return bfd_elf_make_generic_object (abfd);
259 }
260
261 char *
262 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
263 {
264 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
265 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
266 file_ptr offset;
267 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
268
269 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
270 if (i_shdrp == 0
271 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
272 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
273 return NULL;
274
275 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
276 if (shstrtab == NULL)
277 {
278 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
279 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
280 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
281
282 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
283 in case the string table is not terminated. */
284 if (shstrtabsize + 1 == 0
285 || (shstrtab = bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
286 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
287 shstrtab = NULL;
288 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
289 {
290 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
291 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
292 shstrtab = NULL;
293 }
294 else
295 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
296 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
297 }
298 return (char *) shstrtab;
299 }
300
301 char *
302 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
303 unsigned int shindex,
304 unsigned int strindex)
305 {
306 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
307
308 if (strindex == 0)
309 return "";
310
311 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
312 return NULL;
313
314 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
315
316 if (hdr->contents == NULL
317 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
318 return NULL;
319
320 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
321 {
322 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
323 (*_bfd_error_handler)
324 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
325 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
326 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
327 ? ".shstrtab"
328 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
329 return "";
330 }
331
332 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
333 }
334
335 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
336 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
337 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
338 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
339 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
340 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
341 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
342
343 Elf_Internal_Sym *
344 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
345 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
346 size_t symcount,
347 size_t symoffset,
348 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
349 void *extsym_buf,
350 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
351 {
352 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
353 void *alloc_ext;
354 const bfd_byte *esym;
355 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
356 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
357 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
358 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
359 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
360 size_t extsym_size;
361 bfd_size_type amt;
362 file_ptr pos;
363
364 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
365 abort ();
366
367 if (symcount == 0)
368 return intsym_buf;
369
370 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
371 shndx_hdr = NULL;
372 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
373 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
374
375 /* Read the symbols. */
376 alloc_ext = NULL;
377 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
378 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
379 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
380 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
381 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
382 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
383 {
384 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
385 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
386 }
387 if (extsym_buf == NULL
388 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
389 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
390 {
391 intsym_buf = NULL;
392 goto out;
393 }
394
395 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
396 extshndx_buf = NULL;
397 else
398 {
399 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
400 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
401 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
402 {
403 alloc_extshndx = bfd_malloc2 (symcount,
404 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
405 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
406 }
407 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
408 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
409 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
410 {
411 intsym_buf = NULL;
412 goto out;
413 }
414 }
415
416 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
417 {
418 intsym_buf = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
419 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
420 goto out;
421 }
422
423 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
424 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
425 for (esym = extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf;
426 isym < isymend;
427 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
428 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
429 {
430 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
431 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
432 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
433 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
434 intsym_buf = NULL;
435 goto out;
436 }
437
438 out:
439 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
440 free (alloc_ext);
441 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
442 free (alloc_extshndx);
443
444 return intsym_buf;
445 }
446
447 /* Look up a symbol name. */
448 const char *
449 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
450 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
451 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
452 asection *sym_sec)
453 {
454 const char *name;
455 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
456 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
457
458 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
459 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
460 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
461 {
462 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
463 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
464 }
465
466 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
467 if (name == NULL)
468 name = "(null)";
469 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
470 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
471
472 return name;
473 }
474
475 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
476 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
477 pointers. */
478
479 typedef union elf_internal_group {
480 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
481 unsigned int flags;
482 } Elf_Internal_Group;
483
484 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
485 signature just a string? */
486
487 static const char *
488 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
489 {
490 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
491 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
492 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
493 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
494
495 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
496 that it is a symbol table section. */
497 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
498 return NULL;
499 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
500 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
501 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
502 return NULL;
503
504 /* Go read the symbol. */
505 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
506 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
507 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
508 return NULL;
509
510 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
511 }
512
513 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
514
515 static bfd_boolean
516 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
517 {
518 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
519
520 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
521 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
522 if (num_group == 0)
523 {
524 unsigned int i, shnum;
525
526 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
527 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
528 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
529 num_group = 0;
530
531 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr) \
532 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
533 && (shdr)->sh_size >= (2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) \
534 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
535 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
536
537 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
538 {
539 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
540
541 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
542 num_group += 1;
543 }
544
545 if (num_group == 0)
546 {
547 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
548 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
549 }
550 else
551 {
552 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
553 so we can find them quickly. */
554 bfd_size_type amt;
555
556 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
557 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr
558 = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
559 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
560 return FALSE;
561
562 num_group = 0;
563 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
564 {
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
566
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr))
568 {
569 unsigned char *src;
570 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
571
572 /* Add to list of sections. */
573 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
574 num_group += 1;
575
576 /* Read the raw contents. */
577 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
578 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
579 shdr->contents = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size,
580 sizeof (*dest) / 4);
581 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
582 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
583 {
584 _bfd_error_handler
585 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
586 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
587 return FALSE;
588 }
589
590 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
591
592 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
593 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
594 != shdr->sh_size))
595 return FALSE;
596
597 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
598 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
599 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
600 pointers. */
601 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
602 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
603 while (1)
604 {
605 unsigned int idx;
606
607 src -= 4;
608 --dest;
609 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
610 if (src == shdr->contents)
611 {
612 dest->flags = idx;
613 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
614 shdr->bfd_section->flags
615 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
616 break;
617 }
618 if (idx >= shnum)
619 {
620 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
621 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
622 idx = 0;
623 }
624 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
625 }
626 }
627 }
628 }
629 }
630
631 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
632 {
633 unsigned int i;
634
635 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
636 {
637 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
638 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
639 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
640
641 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
642 section is a member. */
643 while (--n_elt != 0)
644 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
645 {
646 asection *s = NULL;
647
648 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
649 other members to see if any others are linked via
650 next_in_group. */
651 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
652 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
653 while (--n_elt != 0)
654 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
655 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
656 break;
657 if (n_elt != 0)
658 {
659 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
660 insert current section in circular list. */
661 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
662 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
663 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
664 }
665 else
666 {
667 const char *gname;
668
669 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
670 if (gname == NULL)
671 return FALSE;
672 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
673
674 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
675 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
676 }
677
678 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
679 new member. */
680 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
681 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
682
683 i = num_group - 1;
684 break;
685 }
686 }
687 }
688
689 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
690 {
691 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
692 abfd, newsect);
693 }
694 return TRUE;
695 }
696
697 bfd_boolean
698 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
699 {
700 unsigned int i;
701 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
702 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
703 asection *s;
704
705 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
706 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
707 {
708 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
709 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
710 {
711 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
712 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
713 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
714 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
715 if (elfsec == 0)
716 {
717 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
718 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
719 bed->link_order_error_handler
720 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
721 abfd, s);
722 }
723 else
724 {
725 asection *link = NULL;
726
727 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
728 {
729 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
730 link = this_hdr->bfd_section;
731 }
732
733 /* PR 1991, 2008:
734 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
735 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
736 if (link == NULL)
737 {
738 (*_bfd_error_handler)
739 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
740 s->owner, s, elfsec);
741 result = FALSE;
742 }
743
744 elf_linked_to_section (s) = link;
745 }
746 }
747 }
748
749 /* Process section groups. */
750 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
751 return result;
752
753 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
754 {
755 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
756 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
757 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
758
759 while (--n_elt != 0)
760 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
761 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
762 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
763 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
764 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
765 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
766 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
767 relocation sections are in section group in input object
768 files. */
769 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
770 else
771 {
772 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
773 (*_bfd_error_handler)
774 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
775 abfd,
776 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
777 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
778 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
779 ->e_shstrndx),
780 idx->shdr->sh_name),
781 shdr->bfd_section->name);
782 result = FALSE;
783 }
784 }
785 return result;
786 }
787
788 bfd_boolean
789 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
790 {
791 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
792 }
793
794 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
795 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
796
797 bfd_boolean
798 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
799 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
800 const char *name,
801 int shindex)
802 {
803 asection *newsect;
804 flagword flags;
805 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
806
807 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
808 {
809 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (name,
810 bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section)) == 0);
811 return TRUE;
812 }
813
814 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
815 if (newsect == NULL)
816 return FALSE;
817
818 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
819 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
820 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
821
822 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
823 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
824 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
825
826 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
827
828 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
829 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
830 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
831 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
832 return FALSE;
833
834 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
835 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
836 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
837 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
838 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
839 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
840 {
841 flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
842 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
843 flags |= SEC_LOAD;
844 }
845 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
846 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
847 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
848 flags |= SEC_CODE;
849 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
850 flags |= SEC_DATA;
851 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
852 {
853 flags |= SEC_MERGE;
854 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
855 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
856 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
857 }
858 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
859 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
860 return FALSE;
861 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
862 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
863
864 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
865 {
866 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
867 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
868 static const struct
869 {
870 const char *name;
871 int len;
872 } debug_sections [] =
873 {
874 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("debug") }, /* 'd' */
875 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'e' */
876 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'f' */
877 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("gnu.linkonce.wi.") }, /* 'g' */
878 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'h' */
879 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'i' */
880 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'j' */
881 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'k' */
882 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("line") }, /* 'l' */
883 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'm' */
884 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'n' */
885 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'o' */
886 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'p' */
887 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'q' */
888 { NULL, 0 }, /* 'r' */
889 { STRING_COMMA_LEN ("stab") } /* 's' */
890 };
891
892 if (name [0] == '.')
893 {
894 int i = name [1] - 'd';
895 if (i >= 0
896 && i < (int) ARRAY_SIZE (debug_sections)
897 && debug_sections [i].name != NULL
898 && strncmp (&name [1], debug_sections [i].name,
899 debug_sections [i].len) == 0)
900 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
901 }
902 }
903
904 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
905 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
906 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
907 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
908 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
909 all but one of the sections. */
910 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
911 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
912 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
913
914 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
915 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
916 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
917 return FALSE;
918
919 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
920 return FALSE;
921
922 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
923 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
924 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
925 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
926 {
927 char *contents;
928
929 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
930 if (!contents)
931 return FALSE;
932
933 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 0,
934 hdr->sh_size)
935 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, contents, hdr->sh_size, -1))
936 {
937 free (contents);
938 return FALSE;
939 }
940
941 free (contents);
942 }
943
944 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
945 {
946 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
947 unsigned int i;
948
949 /* Look through the phdrs to see if we need to adjust the lma.
950 If all the p_paddr fields are zero, we ignore them, since
951 some ELF linkers produce such output. */
952 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
953 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
954 {
955 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
956 break;
957 }
958 if (i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum)
959 {
960 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
961 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
962 {
963 /* This section is part of this segment if its file
964 offset plus size lies within the segment's memory
965 span and, if the section is loaded, the extent of the
966 loaded data lies within the extent of the segment.
967
968 Note - we used to check the p_paddr field as well, and
969 refuse to set the LMA if it was 0. This is wrong
970 though, as a perfectly valid initialised segment can
971 have a p_paddr of zero. Some architectures, eg ARM,
972 place special significance on the address 0 and
973 executables need to be able to have a segment which
974 covers this address. */
975 if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
976 && (bfd_vma) hdr->sh_offset >= phdr->p_offset
977 && (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
978 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_memsz)
979 && ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0
980 || (hdr->sh_offset + hdr->sh_size
981 <= phdr->p_offset + phdr->p_filesz)))
982 {
983 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
984 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
985 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
986 else
987 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
988 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
989 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
990 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
991 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
992 segment will contain sections with contiguous
993 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
994 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
995 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
996
997 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
998 offsets whether a section with zero size should
999 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1000 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1001 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1002 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1003 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1004 break;
1005 }
1006 }
1007 }
1008 }
1009
1010 return TRUE;
1011 }
1012
1013 /*
1014 INTERNAL_FUNCTION
1015 bfd_elf_find_section
1016
1017 SYNOPSIS
1018 struct elf_internal_shdr *bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name);
1019
1020 DESCRIPTION
1021 Helper functions for GDB to locate the string tables.
1022 Since BFD hides string tables from callers, GDB needs to use an
1023 internal hook to find them. Sun's .stabstr, in particular,
1024 isn't even pointed to by the .stab section, so ordinary
1025 mechanisms wouldn't work to find it, even if we had some.
1026 */
1027
1028 struct elf_internal_shdr *
1029 bfd_elf_find_section (bfd *abfd, char *name)
1030 {
1031 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
1032 char *shstrtab;
1033 unsigned int max;
1034 unsigned int i;
1035
1036 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
1037 if (i_shdrp != NULL)
1038 {
1039 shstrtab = bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd,
1040 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx);
1041 if (shstrtab != NULL)
1042 {
1043 max = elf_numsections (abfd);
1044 for (i = 1; i < max; i++)
1045 if (!strcmp (&shstrtab[i_shdrp[i]->sh_name], name))
1046 return i_shdrp[i];
1047 }
1048 }
1049 return 0;
1050 }
1051
1052 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1053 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1054 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1055 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1056 };
1057
1058 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1059 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1060 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1061 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1062 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1063 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1064 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1065 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1066 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1067
1068 bfd_reloc_status_type
1069 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1070 arelent *reloc_entry,
1071 asymbol *symbol,
1072 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1073 asection *input_section,
1074 bfd *output_bfd,
1075 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1076 {
1077 if (output_bfd != NULL
1078 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1079 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1080 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1081 {
1082 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1083 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1084 }
1085
1086 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1087 }
1088 \f
1089 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1090 another. */
1091
1092 bfd_boolean
1093 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1094 {
1095 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1096 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1097 return TRUE;
1098
1099 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (obfd)
1100 || (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
1101 == elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags));
1102
1103 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1104 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1105 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1106
1107 /* Copy object attributes. */
1108 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1109
1110 return TRUE;
1111 }
1112
1113 static const char *
1114 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1115 {
1116 const char *pt;
1117 switch (p_type)
1118 {
1119 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1120 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1121 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1122 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1123 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1124 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1125 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1126 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1127 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1128 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1129 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1130 default: pt = NULL; break;
1131 }
1132 return pt;
1133 }
1134
1135 /* Print out the program headers. */
1136
1137 bfd_boolean
1138 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1139 {
1140 FILE *f = farg;
1141 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1142 asection *s;
1143 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1144
1145 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1146 if (p != NULL)
1147 {
1148 unsigned int i, c;
1149
1150 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1151 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1152 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1153 {
1154 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1155 char buf[20];
1156
1157 if (pt == NULL)
1158 {
1159 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1160 pt = buf;
1161 }
1162 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1163 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1164 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1165 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1166 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1167 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1168 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1169 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1170 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1171 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1172 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1173 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1174 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1175 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1176 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1177 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1178 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1179 fprintf (f, "\n");
1180 }
1181 }
1182
1183 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1184 if (s != NULL)
1185 {
1186 unsigned int elfsec;
1187 unsigned long shlink;
1188 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1189 size_t extdynsize;
1190 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1191
1192 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1193
1194 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1195 goto error_return;
1196
1197 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1198 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1199 goto error_return;
1200 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1201
1202 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1203 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1204
1205 extdyn = dynbuf;
1206 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1207 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1208 {
1209 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1210 const char *name = "";
1211 char ab[20];
1212 bfd_boolean stringp;
1213 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1214
1215 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1216
1217 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1218 break;
1219
1220 stringp = FALSE;
1221 switch (dyn.d_tag)
1222 {
1223 default:
1224 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1225 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1226
1227 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1228 {
1229 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1230 name = ab;
1231 }
1232 break;
1233
1234 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1235 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1236 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1237 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1238 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1239 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1240 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1241 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1242 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1243 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1244 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1245 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1246 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1247 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1248 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1249 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1250 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1251 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1252 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1253 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1254 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1255 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1256 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1257 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1258 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1259 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1260 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1261 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1262 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1263 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1264 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1265 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1266 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1267 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1268 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1269 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1270 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1271 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1272 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1273 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1274 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1275 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1276 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1277 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1278 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1279 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1280 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1281 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1282 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1283 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1284 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1285 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1286 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1287 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1288 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1289 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1290 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1291 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1292 }
1293
1294 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1295 if (! stringp)
1296 fprintf (f, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_un.d_val);
1297 else
1298 {
1299 const char *string;
1300 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1301
1302 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1303 if (string == NULL)
1304 goto error_return;
1305 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1306 }
1307 fprintf (f, "\n");
1308 }
1309
1310 free (dynbuf);
1311 dynbuf = NULL;
1312 }
1313
1314 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1315 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1316 {
1317 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1318 return FALSE;
1319 }
1320
1321 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1322 {
1323 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1324
1325 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1326 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1327 {
1328 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1329 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1330 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1331 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1332 {
1333 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1334
1335 fprintf (f, "\t");
1336 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1337 a != NULL;
1338 a = a->vda_nextptr)
1339 fprintf (f, "%s ",
1340 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1341 fprintf (f, "\n");
1342 }
1343 }
1344 }
1345
1346 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1347 {
1348 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1349
1350 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1351 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1352 {
1353 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1354
1355 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1356 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1357 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1358 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1359 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1360 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1361 }
1362 }
1363
1364 return TRUE;
1365
1366 error_return:
1367 if (dynbuf != NULL)
1368 free (dynbuf);
1369 return FALSE;
1370 }
1371
1372 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1373
1374 void
1375 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1376 void *filep,
1377 asymbol *symbol,
1378 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1379 {
1380 FILE *file = filep;
1381 switch (how)
1382 {
1383 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1384 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1385 break;
1386 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1387 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1388 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1389 fprintf (file, " %lx", (long) symbol->flags);
1390 break;
1391 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1392 {
1393 const char *section_name;
1394 const char *name = NULL;
1395 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1396 unsigned char st_other;
1397 bfd_vma val;
1398
1399 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1400
1401 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1402 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1403 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1404
1405 if (name == NULL)
1406 {
1407 name = symbol->name;
1408 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1409 }
1410
1411 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1412 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1413 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1414 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1415 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1416 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1417 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1418 else
1419 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1420 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1421
1422 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1423 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_section != 0
1424 && (elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_section != 0
1425 || elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_section != 0))
1426 {
1427 unsigned int vernum;
1428 const char *version_string;
1429
1430 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1431
1432 if (vernum == 0)
1433 version_string = "";
1434 else if (vernum == 1)
1435 version_string = "Base";
1436 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1437 version_string =
1438 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1439 else
1440 {
1441 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1442
1443 version_string = "";
1444 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1445 t != NULL;
1446 t = t->vn_nextref)
1447 {
1448 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1449
1450 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1451 {
1452 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1453 {
1454 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1455 break;
1456 }
1457 }
1458 }
1459 }
1460
1461 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1462 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1463 else
1464 {
1465 int i;
1466
1467 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1468 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1469 putc (' ', file);
1470 }
1471 }
1472
1473 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1474 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1475
1476 switch (st_other)
1477 {
1478 case 0: break;
1479 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1480 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1481 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1482 default:
1483 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1484 everything hex. */
1485 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1486 }
1487
1488 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1489 }
1490 break;
1491 }
1492 }
1493
1494 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1495
1496 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1497 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1498 {
1499 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1500
1501 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1502 if (ret != NULL)
1503 {
1504 bfd_size_type loc;
1505
1506 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1507 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1508 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1509 {
1510 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1511 ret = NULL;
1512 }
1513 }
1514 return ret;
1515 }
1516 \f
1517 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1518
1519 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1520
1521 bfd_boolean
1522 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1523 {
1524 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1525 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1526 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1527 const char *name;
1528
1529 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1530 return FALSE;
1531
1532 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1533 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1534 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1535 hdr->sh_name);
1536 if (name == NULL)
1537 return FALSE;
1538
1539 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1540 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1541 {
1542 case SHT_NULL:
1543 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1544 return TRUE;
1545
1546 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1547 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1548 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1549 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1550 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1551 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1552 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1553 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1554 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1555 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1556
1557 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1558 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1559 return FALSE;
1560 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)
1561 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1562 return FALSE;
1563 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1564 {
1565 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1566
1567 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1568 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1569 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1570 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1571 {
1572 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1573 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1574 }
1575 else
1576 {
1577 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1578
1579 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1580 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1581 {
1582 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1583 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1584 {
1585 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1586 break;
1587 }
1588 }
1589 }
1590 }
1591 break;
1592
1593 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1594 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1595 return TRUE;
1596
1597 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1598 return FALSE;
1599 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1600 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1601 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1602 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1603 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1604
1605 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1606 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1607 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1608 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1609 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1610 linker. */
1611 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1612 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1613 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1614 shindex))
1615 return FALSE;
1616
1617 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1618 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1619 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1620 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1621 {
1622 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1623
1624 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1625 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1626 {
1627 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1628 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1629 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1630 break;
1631 }
1632 if (i == num_sec)
1633 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1634 {
1635 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1636 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1637 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1638 break;
1639 }
1640 if (i != shindex)
1641 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1642 }
1643 return TRUE;
1644
1645 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1646 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1647 return TRUE;
1648
1649 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1650 return FALSE;
1651 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1652 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1653 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1655 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1656
1657 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1658 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1659 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1660
1661 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1662 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1663 return TRUE;
1664
1665 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1666 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1667 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1668 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1669 return TRUE;
1670
1671 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1672 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1673 return TRUE;
1674 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1675 {
1676 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1677 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1678 return TRUE;
1679 }
1680 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1681 {
1682 symtab_strtab:
1683 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1684 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1685 return TRUE;
1686 }
1687 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1688 {
1689 dynsymtab_strtab:
1690 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1691 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1692 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1693 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1694 can handle it. */
1695 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1696 shindex);
1697 }
1698
1699 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1700 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1701 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1702 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1703 {
1704 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1705
1706 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1707 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1708 {
1709 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1710 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1711 {
1712 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1713 if (i == shindex)
1714 return FALSE;
1715 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1716 return FALSE;
1717 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1718 goto symtab_strtab;
1719 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1720 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1721 }
1722 }
1723 }
1724 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1725
1726 case SHT_REL:
1727 case SHT_RELA:
1728 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1729 {
1730 asection *target_sect;
1731 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2;
1732 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1733
1734 if (hdr->sh_entsize
1735 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1736 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1737 return FALSE;
1738
1739 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1740 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1741 {
1742 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1743 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1744 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1745 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1746 shindex);
1747 }
1748
1749 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1750 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1751 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1752 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1753 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1754 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1755 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. */
1756 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1757 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1758 {
1759 unsigned int scan;
1760 int found;
1761
1762 found = 0;
1763 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1764 {
1765 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1766 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1767 {
1768 if (found != 0)
1769 {
1770 found = 0;
1771 break;
1772 }
1773 found = scan;
1774 }
1775 }
1776 if (found != 0)
1777 hdr->sh_link = found;
1778 }
1779
1780 /* Get the symbol table. */
1781 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1782 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1783 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1784 return FALSE;
1785
1786 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1787 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1788 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1789 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1790 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1791 section, an invalid section, or another reloc section. */
1792 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1793 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1794 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1795 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1796 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1797 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1798 shindex);
1799
1800 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1801 return FALSE;
1802 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1803 if (target_sect == NULL)
1804 return FALSE;
1805
1806 if ((target_sect->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1807 || target_sect->reloc_count == 0)
1808 hdr2 = &elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr;
1809 else
1810 {
1811 bfd_size_type amt;
1812 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 == NULL);
1813 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1814 hdr2 = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1815 if (hdr2 == NULL)
1816 return FALSE;
1817 elf_section_data (target_sect)->rel_hdr2 = hdr2;
1818 }
1819 *hdr2 = *hdr;
1820 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1821 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1822 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1823 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1824 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1825 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1826 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1827 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1828 target_sect->use_rela_p = hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA;
1829 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1830 return TRUE;
1831 }
1832
1833 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1834 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1835 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1836 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1837
1838 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1839 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1840 return FALSE;
1841 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1842 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1843 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1844
1845 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1846 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1847 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1848 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1849
1850 case SHT_SHLIB:
1851 return TRUE;
1852
1853 case SHT_GROUP:
1854 /* We need a BFD section for objcopy and relocatable linking,
1855 and it's handy to have the signature available as the section
1856 name. */
1857 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr))
1858 return FALSE;
1859 name = group_signature (abfd, hdr);
1860 if (name == NULL)
1861 return FALSE;
1862 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1863 return FALSE;
1864 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1865 {
1866 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1867 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1868 asection *s;
1869
1870 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1871 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1872 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1873
1874 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1875 idx += n_elt;
1876 while (--n_elt != 0)
1877 {
1878 --idx;
1879
1880 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1881 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1882 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1883 {
1884 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1885 break;
1886 }
1887 }
1888 }
1889 break;
1890
1891 default:
1892 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1893 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1894 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1895 {
1896 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1897 return FALSE;
1898 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1899 return TRUE;
1900 }
1901
1902 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1903 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1904 return TRUE;
1905
1906 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1907 {
1908 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1909 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1910 for applications? */
1911 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1912 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1913 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1914 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1915 else
1916 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1917 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1918 shindex);
1919 }
1920 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1921 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1922 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1923 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1924 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1925 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1926 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1927 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1928 {
1929 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1930 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1931 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1932 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1933 be rejected with an error message. */
1934 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1935 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
1936 "`%s' [0x%8x]"),
1937 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1938 else
1939 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
1940 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1941 }
1942 else
1943 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1944 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1945 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1946 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1947
1948 return FALSE;
1949 }
1950
1951 return TRUE;
1952 }
1953
1954 /* Return the section for the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX.
1955 Return SEC for sections that have no elf section, and NULL on error. */
1956
1957 asection *
1958 bfd_section_from_r_symndx (bfd *abfd,
1959 struct sym_sec_cache *cache,
1960 asection *sec,
1961 unsigned long r_symndx)
1962 {
1963 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
1964 asection *s;
1965
1966 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
1967 {
1968 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
1969 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
1970 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
1971 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
1972
1973 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1974 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
1975 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
1976 return NULL;
1977
1978 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
1979 {
1980 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
1981 cache->abfd = abfd;
1982 }
1983 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
1984 cache->shndx[ent] = isym.st_shndx;
1985 }
1986
1987 s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, cache->shndx[ent]);
1988 if (s != NULL)
1989 return s;
1990
1991 return sec;
1992 }
1993
1994 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
1995 section. */
1996
1997 asection *
1998 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int index)
1999 {
2000 if (index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2001 return NULL;
2002 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[index]->bfd_section;
2003 }
2004
2005 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2006 {
2007 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2008 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2009 };
2010
2011 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2012 {
2013 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2014 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2015 };
2016
2017 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2018 {
2019 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2020 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2021 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2022 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2023 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2024 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2025 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2026 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2027 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2028 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2029 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2030 };
2031
2032 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2033 {
2034 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2035 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2036 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2037 };
2038
2039 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2040 {
2041 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2042 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2043 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2044 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2045 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2046 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2047 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2048 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2049 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2050 };
2051
2052 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2053 {
2054 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2055 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2056 };
2057
2058 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2059 {
2060 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2061 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2062 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2063 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2064 };
2065
2066 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2067 {
2068 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2069 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2070 };
2071
2072 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2073 {
2074 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2076 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2077 };
2078
2079 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2080 {
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2083 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2084 };
2085
2086 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2087 {
2088 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2089 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2090 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2091 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2092 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2093 };
2094
2095 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2096 {
2097 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2098 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2099 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2100 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2101 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2102 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2103 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2104 };
2105
2106 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2107 {
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2109 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2110 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2111 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2112 };
2113
2114 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section *special_sections[] =
2115 {
2116 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2117 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2118 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2119 NULL, /* 'e' */
2120 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2121 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2122 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2123 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2124 NULL, /* 'j' */
2125 NULL, /* 'k' */
2126 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2127 NULL, /* 'm' */
2128 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2129 NULL, /* 'o' */
2130 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2131 NULL, /* 'q' */
2132 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2133 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2134 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2135 };
2136
2137 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2138 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2139 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2140 unsigned int rela)
2141 {
2142 int i;
2143 int len;
2144
2145 len = strlen (name);
2146
2147 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2148 {
2149 int suffix_len;
2150 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2151
2152 if (len < prefix_len)
2153 continue;
2154 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2155 continue;
2156
2157 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2158 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2159 {
2160 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2161 {
2162 if (suffix_len == 0)
2163 continue;
2164 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2165 && (suffix_len == -2
2166 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2167 continue;
2168 }
2169 }
2170 else
2171 {
2172 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2173 continue;
2174 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2175 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2176 suffix_len) != 0)
2177 continue;
2178 }
2179 return &spec[i];
2180 }
2181
2182 return NULL;
2183 }
2184
2185 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2186 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2187 {
2188 int i;
2189 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2190 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2191
2192 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2193 if (sec->name == NULL)
2194 return NULL;
2195
2196 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2197 spec = bed->special_sections;
2198 if (spec)
2199 {
2200 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2201 bed->special_sections,
2202 sec->use_rela_p);
2203 if (spec != NULL)
2204 return spec;
2205 }
2206
2207 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2208 return NULL;
2209
2210 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2211 if (i < 0 || i > 't' - 'b')
2212 return NULL;
2213
2214 spec = special_sections[i];
2215
2216 if (spec == NULL)
2217 return NULL;
2218
2219 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2220 }
2221
2222 bfd_boolean
2223 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2224 {
2225 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2226 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2227 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2228
2229 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2230 if (sdata == NULL)
2231 {
2232 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata));
2233 if (sdata == NULL)
2234 return FALSE;
2235 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2236 }
2237
2238 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2239 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2240 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2241
2242 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2243 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2244 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2245 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2246 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2247 elf_fake_sections. */
2248 if ((!sec->flags && abfd->direction != read_direction)
2249 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2250 {
2251 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2252 if (ssect != NULL)
2253 {
2254 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2255 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2256 }
2257 }
2258
2259 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2260 }
2261
2262 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2263
2264 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2265 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2266 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2267 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2268
2269 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2270 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2271 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2272 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2273 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2274 of combined data+bss.
2275
2276 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2277 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2278 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2279 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2280 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2281
2282 */
2283
2284 bfd_boolean
2285 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2286 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2287 int index,
2288 const char *typename)
2289 {
2290 asection *newsect;
2291 char *name;
2292 char namebuf[64];
2293 size_t len;
2294 int split;
2295
2296 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2297 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2298 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2299
2300 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2301 {
2302 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "a" : "");
2303 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2304 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2305 if (!name)
2306 return FALSE;
2307 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2308 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2309 if (newsect == NULL)
2310 return FALSE;
2311 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2312 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2313 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2314 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2315 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2316 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2317 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2318 {
2319 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2320 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2321 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2322 {
2323 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2324 may be data. */
2325 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2326 }
2327 }
2328 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2329 {
2330 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2331 }
2332 }
2333
2334 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2335 {
2336 bfd_vma align;
2337
2338 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", typename, index, split ? "b" : "");
2339 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2340 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2341 if (!name)
2342 return FALSE;
2343 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2344 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2345 if (newsect == NULL)
2346 return FALSE;
2347 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2348 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2349 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2350 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2351 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2352 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2353 align = hdr->p_align;
2354 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2355 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2356 {
2357 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2358 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2359 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2360 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2361 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2362 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2363 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2364 newsect->size = 0;
2365 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2366 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2367 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2368 }
2369 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2370 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2371 }
2372
2373 return TRUE;
2374 }
2375
2376 bfd_boolean
2377 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int index)
2378 {
2379 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2380
2381 switch (hdr->p_type)
2382 {
2383 case PT_NULL:
2384 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "null");
2385
2386 case PT_LOAD:
2387 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "load");
2388
2389 case PT_DYNAMIC:
2390 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "dynamic");
2391
2392 case PT_INTERP:
2393 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "interp");
2394
2395 case PT_NOTE:
2396 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "note"))
2397 return FALSE;
2398 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2399 return FALSE;
2400 return TRUE;
2401
2402 case PT_SHLIB:
2403 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "shlib");
2404
2405 case PT_PHDR:
2406 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "phdr");
2407
2408 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2409 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index,
2410 "eh_frame_hdr");
2411
2412 case PT_GNU_STACK:
2413 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "stack");
2414
2415 case PT_GNU_RELRO:
2416 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "relro");
2417
2418 default:
2419 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2420 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2421 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, index, "proc");
2422 }
2423 }
2424
2425 /* Initialize REL_HDR, the section-header for new section, containing
2426 relocations against ASECT. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA
2427 relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */
2428
2429 bfd_boolean
2430 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2431 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2432 asection *asect,
2433 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2434 {
2435 char *name;
2436 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2437 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2438
2439 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2440 if (name == NULL)
2441 return FALSE;
2442 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2443 rel_hdr->sh_name =
2444 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2445 FALSE);
2446 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2447 return FALSE;
2448 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2449 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2450 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2451 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2452 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2453 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2454 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2455 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2456 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2457
2458 return TRUE;
2459 }
2460
2461 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2462
2463 static void
2464 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *failedptrarg)
2465 {
2466 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2467 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2468 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2469 unsigned int sh_type;
2470
2471 if (*failedptr)
2472 {
2473 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2474 loop. */
2475 return;
2476 }
2477
2478 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (asect)->this_hdr;
2479
2480 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2481 asect->name, FALSE);
2482 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2483 {
2484 *failedptr = TRUE;
2485 return;
2486 }
2487
2488 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2489
2490 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2491 || asect->user_set_vma)
2492 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2493 else
2494 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2495
2496 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2497 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2498 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2499 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2500 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2501 copy_private_section_data. */
2502
2503 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2504 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2505
2506 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2507 asect->flags. */
2508 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2509 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2510 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2511 && (((asect->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2512 || (asect->flags & SEC_NEVER_LOAD) != 0))
2513 sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2514 else
2515 sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
2516
2517 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2518 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2519 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2520 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2521 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2522 {
2523 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2524 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2525 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2526 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2527 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2528 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2529 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2530 }
2531
2532 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2533 {
2534 default:
2535 break;
2536
2537 case SHT_STRTAB:
2538 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2539 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2540 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2541 case SHT_NOTE:
2542 case SHT_NOBITS:
2543 case SHT_PROGBITS:
2544 break;
2545
2546 case SHT_HASH:
2547 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2548 break;
2549
2550 case SHT_DYNSYM:
2551 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2552 break;
2553
2554 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
2555 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2556 break;
2557
2558 case SHT_RELA:
2559 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2560 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2561 break;
2562
2563 case SHT_REL:
2564 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2565 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2566 break;
2567
2568 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2569 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2570 break;
2571
2572 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2573 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2574 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2575 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2576 zero. */
2577 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2578 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2579 else
2580 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2581 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2582 break;
2583
2584 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2585 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2586 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2587 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2588 zero. */
2589 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2590 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2591 else
2592 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2593 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2594 break;
2595
2596 case SHT_GROUP:
2597 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2598 break;
2599
2600 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
2601 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2602 break;
2603 }
2604
2605 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2606 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2607 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2608 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2609 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2610 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2611 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2612 {
2613 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2614 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2615 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2616 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2617 }
2618 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2619 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2620 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2621 {
2622 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2623 if (asect->size == 0
2624 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2625 {
2626 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2627
2628 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2629 if (o != NULL)
2630 {
2631 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2632 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2633 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2634 }
2635 }
2636 }
2637
2638 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2639 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2640 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2641 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2642 *failedptr = TRUE;
2643
2644 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2645 {
2646 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2647 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2648 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2649 }
2650
2651 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2652 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2653 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2654 create the other. */
2655 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
2656 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2657 &elf_section_data (asect)->rel_hdr,
2658 asect,
2659 asect->use_rela_p))
2660 *failedptr = TRUE;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. */
2664
2665 void
2666 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2667 {
2668 bfd_boolean *failedptr = failedptrarg;
2669 unsigned long symindx;
2670 asection *elt, *first;
2671 unsigned char *loc;
2672 bfd_boolean gas;
2673
2674 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2675 elfxx-ia64.c. */
2676 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2677 || *failedptr)
2678 return;
2679
2680 symindx = 0;
2681 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2682 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2683
2684 if (symindx == 0)
2685 {
2686 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2687 elf_section_syms; If called for "ld -r", use target_index. */
2688 if (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL)
2689 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2690 else
2691 symindx = sec->target_index;
2692 }
2693 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2694
2695 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2696 gas = TRUE;
2697 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2698 {
2699 gas = FALSE;
2700 sec->contents = bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2701
2702 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2703 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2704 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2705 {
2706 *failedptr = TRUE;
2707 return;
2708 }
2709 }
2710
2711 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2712
2713 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2714 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2715 start of the input section group. */
2716 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2717
2718 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2719 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2720 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2721 directives, not that it matters. */
2722 while (elt != NULL)
2723 {
2724 asection *s;
2725 unsigned int idx;
2726
2727 loc -= 4;
2728 s = elt;
2729 if (!gas)
2730 s = s->output_section;
2731 idx = 0;
2732 if (s != NULL)
2733 idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2734 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2735 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2736 if (elt == first)
2737 break;
2738 }
2739
2740 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2741 abort ();
2742
2743 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2744 }
2745
2746 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2747 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2748 in here too, while we're at it. */
2749
2750 static bfd_boolean
2751 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2752 {
2753 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2754 asection *sec;
2755 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2756 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2757 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2758
2759 section_number = 1;
2760
2761 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2762
2763 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2764 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2765 {
2766 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2767 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2768 {
2769 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2770
2771 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2772 {
2773 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2774 {
2775 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2776 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2777 abfd->section_count--;
2778 }
2779 else
2780 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2781 }
2782 }
2783 }
2784
2785 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2786 {
2787 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2788
2789 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2790 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2791 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2792 if ((sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0)
2793 d->rel_idx = 0;
2794 else
2795 {
2796 d->rel_idx = section_number++;
2797 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr.sh_name);
2798 }
2799
2800 if (d->rel_hdr2)
2801 {
2802 d->rel_idx2 = section_number++;
2803 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel_hdr2->sh_name);
2804 }
2805 else
2806 d->rel_idx2 = 0;
2807 }
2808
2809 t->shstrtab_section = section_number++;
2810 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2811 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = t->shstrtab_section;
2812
2813 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2814 {
2815 t->symtab_section = section_number++;
2816 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
2817 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
2818 {
2819 t->symtab_shndx_section = section_number++;
2820 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
2821 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2822 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
2823 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2824 return FALSE;
2825 }
2826 t->strtab_section = section_number++;
2827 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
2828 }
2829
2830 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2831 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2832
2833 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
2834 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
2835
2836 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
2837 indices. */
2838 i_shdrp = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
2839 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
2840 return FALSE;
2841
2842 i_shdrp[0] = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
2843 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
2844 {
2845 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
2846 return FALSE;
2847 }
2848
2849 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
2850
2851 i_shdrp[t->shstrtab_section] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
2852 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
2853 {
2854 i_shdrp[t->symtab_section] = &t->symtab_hdr;
2855 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
2856 {
2857 i_shdrp[t->symtab_shndx_section] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
2858 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2859 }
2860 i_shdrp[t->strtab_section] = &t->strtab_hdr;
2861 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = t->strtab_section;
2862 }
2863
2864 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2865 {
2866 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d = elf_section_data (sec);
2867 asection *s;
2868 const char *name;
2869
2870 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
2871 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2872 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx] = &d->rel_hdr;
2873 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2874 i_shdrp[d->rel_idx2] = d->rel_hdr2;
2875
2876 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
2877
2878 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
2879 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
2880 the relocation entries apply. */
2881 if (d->rel_idx != 0)
2882 {
2883 d->rel_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2884 d->rel_hdr.sh_info = d->this_idx;
2885 }
2886 if (d->rel_idx2 != 0)
2887 {
2888 d->rel_hdr2->sh_link = t->symtab_section;
2889 d->rel_hdr2->sh_info = d->this_idx;
2890 }
2891
2892 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
2893 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
2894 {
2895 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
2896 if (s)
2897 {
2898 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
2899 if (link_info != NULL)
2900 {
2901 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
2902 if (elf_discarded_section (s))
2903 {
2904 asection *kept;
2905 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2906 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
2907 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
2908 s, s->owner);
2909 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
2910 size as the discarded one. */
2911 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
2912 if (kept == NULL)
2913 {
2914 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2915 return FALSE;
2916 }
2917 s = kept;
2918 }
2919
2920 s = s->output_section;
2921 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2922 }
2923 else
2924 {
2925 /* Handle objcopy. */
2926 if (s->output_section == NULL)
2927 {
2928 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2929 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
2930 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
2931 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2932 return FALSE;
2933 }
2934 s = s->output_section;
2935 }
2936 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2937 }
2938 else
2939 {
2940 /* PR 290:
2941 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
2942 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
2943 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
2944 where s is NULL. */
2945 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
2946 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2947 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
2948 bed->link_order_error_handler
2949 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
2950 abfd, sec);
2951 }
2952 }
2953
2954 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
2955 {
2956 case SHT_REL:
2957 case SHT_RELA:
2958 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
2959 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
2960 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
2961 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
2962 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
2963 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
2964 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
2965 if (s != NULL)
2966 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2967
2968 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
2969 name = sec->name;
2970 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
2971 name += 4;
2972 else
2973 name += 5;
2974 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
2975 if (s != NULL)
2976 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2977 break;
2978
2979 case SHT_STRTAB:
2980 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
2981 string section. We look for a section with the same name
2982 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
2983 field to point to this section. */
2984 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
2985 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
2986 {
2987 size_t len;
2988 char *alc;
2989
2990 len = strlen (sec->name);
2991 alc = bfd_malloc (len - 2);
2992 if (alc == NULL)
2993 return FALSE;
2994 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
2995 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
2996 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
2997 free (alc);
2998 if (s != NULL)
2999 {
3000 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3001
3002 /* This is a .stab section. */
3003 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3004 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3005 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3006 }
3007 }
3008 break;
3009
3010 case SHT_DYNAMIC:
3011 case SHT_DYNSYM:
3012 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3013 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3014 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3015 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3016 version strings. */
3017 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3018 if (s != NULL)
3019 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3020 break;
3021
3022 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3023 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3024 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3025 the version strings. */
3026 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3027 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3028 if (s != NULL)
3029 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3030 break;
3031
3032 case SHT_HASH:
3033 case SHT_GNU_HASH:
3034 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3035 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3036 this hash table or version table is for. */
3037 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3038 if (s != NULL)
3039 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3040 break;
3041
3042 case SHT_GROUP:
3043 d->this_hdr.sh_link = t->symtab_section;
3044 }
3045 }
3046
3047 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3048 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3049 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3050 else
3051 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3052 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3053 return TRUE;
3054 }
3055
3056 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3057 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3058
3059 static bfd_boolean
3060 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3061 {
3062 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3063 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3064 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3065 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3066
3067 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
3068 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3069 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3070 }
3071
3072 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3073 output. Also, don't output section symbols for reloc and other
3074 special sections. */
3075
3076 static bfd_boolean
3077 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3078 {
3079 return ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3080 && (sym->value != 0
3081 || (sym->section->owner != abfd
3082 && (sym->section->output_section->owner != abfd
3083 || sym->section->output_offset != 0))));
3084 }
3085
3086 static bfd_boolean
3087 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd)
3088 {
3089 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3090 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3091 asymbol **sect_syms;
3092 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3093 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3094 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3095 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3096 int max_index = 0;
3097 unsigned int idx;
3098 asection *asect;
3099 asymbol **new_syms;
3100
3101 #ifdef DEBUG
3102 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3103 fflush (stderr);
3104 #endif
3105
3106 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3107 {
3108 if (max_index < asect->index)
3109 max_index = asect->index;
3110 }
3111
3112 max_index++;
3113 sect_syms = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3114 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3115 return FALSE;
3116 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3117 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3118
3119 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3120 decided to output. */
3121 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3122 {
3123 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3124
3125 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3126 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3127 {
3128 asection *sec = sym->section;
3129
3130 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3131 sec = sec->output_section;
3132
3133 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3134 }
3135 }
3136
3137 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3138 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3139 {
3140 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3141 continue;
3142 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3143 num_locals++;
3144 else
3145 num_globals++;
3146 }
3147
3148 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3149 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3150 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3151 at least in that case. */
3152 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3153 {
3154 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3155 {
3156 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3157 num_locals++;
3158 else
3159 num_globals++;
3160 }
3161 }
3162
3163 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3164 new_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *));
3165
3166 if (new_syms == NULL)
3167 return FALSE;
3168
3169 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3170 {
3171 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3172 unsigned int i;
3173
3174 if (ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3175 continue;
3176 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3177 i = num_locals2++;
3178 else
3179 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3180 new_syms[i] = sym;
3181 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3182 }
3183 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3184 {
3185 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3186 {
3187 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3188 unsigned int i;
3189
3190 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3191 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3192 i = num_locals2++;
3193 else
3194 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3195 new_syms[i] = sym;
3196 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3197 }
3198 }
3199
3200 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3201
3202 elf_num_locals (abfd) = num_locals;
3203 elf_num_globals (abfd) = num_globals;
3204 return TRUE;
3205 }
3206
3207 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3208 ELF data structure. */
3209
3210 static inline file_ptr
3211 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3212 {
3213 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3214 }
3215
3216 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3217 required section alignment. */
3218
3219 file_ptr
3220 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3221 file_ptr offset,
3222 bfd_boolean align)
3223 {
3224 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3225 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3226 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3227 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3228 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3229 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3230 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3231 return offset;
3232 }
3233
3234 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3235 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3236 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3237
3238 bfd_boolean
3239 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3240 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3241 {
3242 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3243 bfd_boolean failed;
3244 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3245 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3246
3247 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3248 return TRUE;
3249
3250 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3251 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3252 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3253
3254 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3255 return FALSE;
3256
3257 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3258 if (bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers)
3259 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3260
3261 failed = FALSE;
3262 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &failed);
3263 if (failed)
3264 return FALSE;
3265
3266 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3267 return FALSE;
3268
3269 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3270 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3271 {
3272 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3273 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3274
3275 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3276 return FALSE;
3277 }
3278
3279 if (link_info == NULL)
3280 {
3281 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3282 if (failed)
3283 return FALSE;
3284 }
3285
3286 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3287 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3288 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3289 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3290 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3291 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3292 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3293 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3294 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3295 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3296 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3297
3298 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3299 return FALSE;
3300
3301 if (link_info == NULL && bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0)
3302 {
3303 file_ptr off;
3304 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3305
3306 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
3307
3308 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3309 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3310
3311 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3312 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3313 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3314
3315 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3316 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3317
3318 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
3319
3320 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3321 out. */
3322 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3323 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3324 return FALSE;
3325 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3326 }
3327
3328 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3329
3330 return TRUE;
3331 }
3332
3333 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3334 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3335
3336 static bfd_size_type
3337 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3338 {
3339 size_t segs;
3340 asection *s;
3341 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3342
3343 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3344 and one for data. */
3345 segs = 2;
3346
3347 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3348 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3349 {
3350 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3351 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3352 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3353 targets. */
3354 segs += 2;
3355 }
3356
3357 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3358 {
3359 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3360 ++segs;
3361 }
3362
3363 if (info->relro)
3364 {
3365 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3366 ++segs;
3367 }
3368
3369 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr)
3370 {
3371 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3372 ++segs;
3373 }
3374
3375 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3376 {
3377 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3378 ++segs;
3379 }
3380
3381 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3382 {
3383 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3384 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3385 {
3386 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3387 ++segs;
3388 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3389 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3390 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3391 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3392 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3393 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3394 aligned. */
3395 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3396 while (s->next != NULL
3397 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3398 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3399 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3400 s = s->next;
3401 }
3402 }
3403
3404 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3405 {
3406 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3407 {
3408 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3409 ++segs;
3410 break;
3411 }
3412 }
3413
3414 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3415 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3416 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3417 {
3418 int a;
3419
3420 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3421 if (a == -1)
3422 abort ();
3423 segs += a;
3424 }
3425
3426 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3427 }
3428
3429 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3430
3431 Elf_Internal_Phdr *
3432 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3433 {
3434 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3435 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3436
3437 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map,
3438 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3439 m != NULL;
3440 m = m->next, p++)
3441 {
3442 int i;
3443
3444 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3445 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3446 return p;
3447 }
3448
3449 return NULL;
3450 }
3451
3452 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3453
3454 static struct elf_segment_map *
3455 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3456 asection **sections,
3457 unsigned int from,
3458 unsigned int to,
3459 bfd_boolean phdr)
3460 {
3461 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3462 unsigned int i;
3463 asection **hdrpp;
3464 bfd_size_type amt;
3465
3466 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3467 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3468 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3469 if (m == NULL)
3470 return NULL;
3471 m->next = NULL;
3472 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3473 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3474 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3475 m->count = to - from;
3476
3477 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3478 {
3479 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3480 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3481 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3482 }
3483
3484 return m;
3485 }
3486
3487 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3488 on failure. */
3489
3490 struct elf_segment_map *
3491 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3492 {
3493 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3494
3495 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3496 if (m == NULL)
3497 return NULL;
3498 m->next = NULL;
3499 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3500 m->count = 1;
3501 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3502
3503 return m;
3504 }
3505
3506 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3507
3508 static bfd_boolean
3509 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3510 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3511 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3512 {
3513 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3514 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3515
3516 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3517 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3518 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3519 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3520 removed. */
3521 m = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
3522 while (*m)
3523 {
3524 unsigned int i, new_count;
3525
3526 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3527 {
3528 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3529 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3530 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3531 {
3532 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3533 new_count++;
3534 }
3535 }
3536 (*m)->count = new_count;
3537
3538 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3539 *m = (*m)->next;
3540 else
3541 m = &(*m)->next;
3542 }
3543
3544 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3545 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3546 {
3547 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3548 return FALSE;
3549 }
3550
3551 return TRUE;
3552 }
3553
3554 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3555
3556 bfd_boolean
3557 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3558 {
3559 unsigned int count;
3560 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3561 asection **sections = NULL;
3562 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3563 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3564
3565 no_user_phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map == NULL;
3566 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3567 {
3568 asection *s;
3569 unsigned int i;
3570 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3571 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3572 asection *last_hdr;
3573 bfd_vma last_size;
3574 unsigned int phdr_index;
3575 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3576 asection **hdrpp;
3577 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3578 bfd_boolean writable;
3579 int tls_count = 0;
3580 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3581 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3582 bfd_size_type amt;
3583
3584 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3585
3586 sections = bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *));
3587 if (sections == NULL)
3588 goto error_return;
3589
3590 i = 0;
3591 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3592 {
3593 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3594 {
3595 sections[i] = s;
3596 ++i;
3597 }
3598 }
3599 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3600 count = i;
3601
3602 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3603
3604 /* Build the mapping. */
3605
3606 mfirst = NULL;
3607 pm = &mfirst;
3608
3609 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3610 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3611 section. */
3612 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3613 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3614 {
3615 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3616 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3617 if (m == NULL)
3618 goto error_return;
3619 m->next = NULL;
3620 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3621 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3622 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3623 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3624 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3625
3626 *pm = m;
3627 pm = &m->next;
3628
3629 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3630 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3631 if (m == NULL)
3632 goto error_return;
3633 m->next = NULL;
3634 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3635 m->count = 1;
3636 m->sections[0] = s;
3637
3638 *pm = m;
3639 pm = &m->next;
3640 }
3641
3642 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3643 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3644 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3645 last_hdr = NULL;
3646 last_size = 0;
3647 phdr_index = 0;
3648 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3649 writable = FALSE;
3650 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3651 if (dynsec != NULL
3652 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3653 dynsec = NULL;
3654
3655 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3656 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3657 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3658 program headers we will need. */
3659 if (count > 0)
3660 {
3661 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
3662
3663 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3664 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3665 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3666 || sections[0]->lma < phdr_size
3667 || sections[0]->lma % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3668 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3669 }
3670
3671 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3672 {
3673 asection *hdr;
3674 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3675
3676 hdr = *hdrpp;
3677
3678 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3679 segment. */
3680
3681 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3682 {
3683 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3684 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3685 new_segment = FALSE;
3686 }
3687 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3688 {
3689 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3690 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3691 segment. */
3692 new_segment = TRUE;
3693 }
3694 else if (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize)
3695 < BFD_ALIGN (hdr->lma, maxpagesize))
3696 {
3697 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3698 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3699 new_segment = TRUE;
3700 }
3701 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3702 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3703 {
3704 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3705 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3706 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3707 new_segment = TRUE;
3708 }
3709 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3710 {
3711 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3712 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3713 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3714 new_segment = FALSE;
3715 }
3716 else if (! writable
3717 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3718 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1)
3719 & ~(maxpagesize - 1))
3720 != (hdr->lma & ~(maxpagesize - 1))))
3721 {
3722 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3723 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3724 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3725 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3726 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3727 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3728 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3729 new_segment = TRUE;
3730 }
3731 else
3732 {
3733 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3734 new_segment = FALSE;
3735 }
3736
3737 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3738 if (last_hdr && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment)
3739 new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment);
3740
3741 if (! new_segment)
3742 {
3743 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3744 writable = TRUE;
3745 last_hdr = hdr;
3746 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3747 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3748 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3749 last_size = hdr->size;
3750 else
3751 last_size = 0;
3752 continue;
3753 }
3754
3755 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
3756 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
3757
3758 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3759 if (m == NULL)
3760 goto error_return;
3761
3762 *pm = m;
3763 pm = &m->next;
3764
3765 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3766 writable = TRUE;
3767 else
3768 writable = FALSE;
3769
3770 last_hdr = hdr;
3771 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3772 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3773 last_size = hdr->size;
3774 else
3775 last_size = 0;
3776 phdr_index = i;
3777 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3778 }
3779
3780 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment. */
3781 if (last_hdr != NULL)
3782 {
3783 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
3784 if (m == NULL)
3785 goto error_return;
3786
3787 *pm = m;
3788 pm = &m->next;
3789 }
3790
3791 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3792 if (dynsec != NULL)
3793 {
3794 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
3795 if (m == NULL)
3796 goto error_return;
3797 *pm = m;
3798 pm = &m->next;
3799 }
3800
3801 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
3802 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
3803 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
3804 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
3805 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
3806 bogus anyhow. */
3807 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3808 {
3809 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3810 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3811 {
3812 asection *s2;
3813 unsigned count = 1;
3814 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3815 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3816 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
3817 {
3818 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
3819 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3820 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
3821 && align_power (s2->vma + s2->size, 2)
3822 == s2->next->vma)
3823 count++;
3824 else
3825 break;
3826 }
3827 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3828 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3829 if (m == NULL)
3830 goto error_return;
3831 m->next = NULL;
3832 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
3833 m->count = count;
3834 while (count > 1)
3835 {
3836 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
3837 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3838 s = s->next;
3839 }
3840 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
3841 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
3842 *pm = m;
3843 pm = &m->next;
3844 }
3845 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3846 {
3847 if (! tls_count)
3848 first_tls = s;
3849 tls_count++;
3850 }
3851 }
3852
3853 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
3854 if (tls_count > 0)
3855 {
3856 int i;
3857
3858 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3859 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3860 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3861 if (m == NULL)
3862 goto error_return;
3863 m->next = NULL;
3864 m->p_type = PT_TLS;
3865 m->count = tls_count;
3866 /* Mandated PF_R. */
3867 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3868 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3869 for (i = 0; i < tls_count; ++i)
3870 {
3871 BFD_ASSERT (first_tls->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL);
3872 m->sections[i] = first_tls;
3873 first_tls = first_tls->next;
3874 }
3875
3876 *pm = m;
3877 pm = &m->next;
3878 }
3879
3880 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
3881 segment. */
3882 eh_frame_hdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->eh_frame_hdr;
3883 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
3884 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3885 {
3886 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3887 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3888 if (m == NULL)
3889 goto error_return;
3890 m->next = NULL;
3891 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
3892 m->count = 1;
3893 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
3894
3895 *pm = m;
3896 pm = &m->next;
3897 }
3898
3899 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags)
3900 {
3901 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3902 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3903 if (m == NULL)
3904 goto error_return;
3905 m->next = NULL;
3906 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
3907 m->p_flags = elf_tdata (abfd)->stack_flags;
3908 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3909
3910 *pm = m;
3911 pm = &m->next;
3912 }
3913
3914 if (info->relro)
3915 {
3916 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3917 {
3918 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD)
3919 {
3920 asection *last = m->sections[m->count - 1];
3921 bfd_vma vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma;
3922 bfd_vma filesz = last->vma - vaddr + last->size;
3923
3924 if (vaddr < info->relro_end
3925 && vaddr >= info->relro_start
3926 && (vaddr + filesz) >= info->relro_end)
3927 break;
3928 }
3929 }
3930
3931 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
3932 if (m != NULL)
3933 {
3934 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3935 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3936 if (m == NULL)
3937 goto error_return;
3938 m->next = NULL;
3939 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
3940 m->p_flags = PF_R;
3941 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3942
3943 *pm = m;
3944 pm = &m->next;
3945 }
3946 }
3947
3948 free (sections);
3949 elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map = mfirst;
3950 }
3951
3952 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
3953 return FALSE;
3954
3955 for (count = 0, m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
3956 ++count;
3957 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3958
3959 return TRUE;
3960
3961 error_return:
3962 if (sections != NULL)
3963 free (sections);
3964 return FALSE;
3965 }
3966
3967 /* Sort sections by address. */
3968
3969 static int
3970 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
3971 {
3972 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
3973 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
3974 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
3975
3976 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
3977 place the section into a segment. */
3978 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
3979 return -1;
3980 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
3981 return 1;
3982
3983 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
3984 the same, and this will do nothing. */
3985 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
3986 return -1;
3987 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
3988 return 1;
3989
3990 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
3991
3992 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
3993
3994 if (TOEND (sec1))
3995 {
3996 if (TOEND (sec2))
3997 {
3998 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
3999 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4000 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4001 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4002 }
4003 else
4004 return 1;
4005 }
4006 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4007 return -1;
4008
4009 #undef TOEND
4010
4011 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4012 before others at the same address. */
4013
4014 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4015 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4016
4017 if (size1 < size2)
4018 return -1;
4019 if (size1 > size2)
4020 return 1;
4021
4022 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4023 }
4024
4025 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4026
4027 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4028 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4029 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4030 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4031 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4032 which is wrong.
4033
4034 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4035 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4036 the page size.'' */
4037 /* In other words, something like:
4038
4039 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4040 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4041 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4042 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4043 else
4044 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4045
4046 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4047
4048 static file_ptr
4049 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4050 {
4051 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4052 }
4053
4054 static void
4055 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4056 {
4057 unsigned int j;
4058 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4059 char buf[32];
4060
4061 if (pt == NULL)
4062 {
4063 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4064 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4065 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4066 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4067 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4068 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4069 else
4070 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4071 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4072 pt = buf;
4073 }
4074 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4075 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4076 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4077 putc ('\n',stderr);
4078 }
4079
4080 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4081 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4082 the file header. */
4083
4084 static bfd_boolean
4085 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4086 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4087 {
4088 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4089 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4090 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4091 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4092 file_ptr off;
4093 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4094 unsigned int alloc;
4095 unsigned int i, j;
4096
4097 if (link_info == NULL
4098 && !elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, link_info, FALSE))
4099 return FALSE;
4100
4101 alloc = 0;
4102 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4103 ++alloc;
4104
4105 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4106 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4107 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4108
4109 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4110 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4111 else
4112 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size
4113 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4114
4115 if (alloc == 0)
4116 {
4117 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4118 return TRUE;
4119 }
4120
4121 phdrs = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, alloc, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4122 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4123 if (phdrs == NULL)
4124 return FALSE;
4125
4126 maxpagesize = 1;
4127 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4128 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4129
4130 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4131 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4132
4133 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs, j = 0;
4134 m != NULL;
4135 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4136 {
4137 asection **secpp;
4138 bfd_vma off_adjust;
4139 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4140
4141 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4142 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4143 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4144 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4145 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4146 if (m->count > 1
4147 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4148 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4149 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4150 elf_sort_sections);
4151
4152 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4153 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4154 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4155 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4156 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4157 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4158 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4159
4160 if (m->count == 0)
4161 p->p_vaddr = 0;
4162 else
4163 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4164
4165 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4166 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4167 else if (m->count == 0)
4168 p->p_paddr = 0;
4169 else
4170 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4171
4172 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4173 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4174 {
4175 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4176 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4177 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4178 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4179 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4180 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4181 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4182 segment. */
4183 if (m->p_align_valid)
4184 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4185
4186 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4187 }
4188 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4189 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4190 else if (m->count == 0)
4191 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4192 else
4193 p->p_align = 0;
4194
4195 no_contents = FALSE;
4196 off_adjust = 0;
4197 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4198 && m->count > 0)
4199 {
4200 bfd_size_type align;
4201 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4202
4203 if (m->p_align_valid)
4204 align = p->p_align;
4205 else
4206 {
4207 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4208 {
4209 unsigned int secalign;
4210
4211 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4212 if (secalign > align_power)
4213 align_power = secalign;
4214 }
4215 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4216 if (align < maxpagesize)
4217 align = maxpagesize;
4218 }
4219
4220 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4221 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4222 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4223 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4224 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4225 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4226
4227 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4228 sections. If the first section isn't loadable, the same
4229 holds for any other sections. */
4230 i = 0;
4231 while (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) == SHT_NOBITS)
4232 {
4233 /* If a segment starts with .tbss, we need to look
4234 at the next section to decide whether the segment
4235 has any loadable sections. */
4236 if ((elf_section_flags (m->sections[i]) & SHF_TLS) == 0
4237 || ++i >= m->count)
4238 {
4239 no_contents = TRUE;
4240 break;
4241 }
4242 }
4243
4244 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (m->sections[0]->vma, off, align);
4245 off += off_adjust;
4246 if (no_contents)
4247 {
4248 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4249 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4250 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4251 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4252 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4253 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4254 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4255 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4256 }
4257 else
4258 off_adjust = 0;
4259 }
4260 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4261 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4262 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4263 && m->count > 1
4264 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4265 {
4266 _bfd_error_handler
4267 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4268 abfd);
4269 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4270 return FALSE;
4271 }
4272 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4273 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4274 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4275 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4276
4277 p->p_offset = 0;
4278 p->p_filesz = 0;
4279 p->p_memsz = 0;
4280
4281 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4282 {
4283 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4284 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4285 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4286 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4287 if (m->count > 0)
4288 {
4289 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4290
4291 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4292 {
4293 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4294 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4295 abfd);
4296 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4297 return FALSE;
4298 }
4299
4300 p->p_vaddr -= off;
4301 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4302 p->p_paddr -= off;
4303 }
4304 }
4305
4306 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4307 {
4308 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4309 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4310
4311 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4312 {
4313 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4314
4315 if (m->count > 0)
4316 {
4317 BFD_ASSERT (p->p_type == PT_LOAD);
4318 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4319 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4320 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4321 }
4322 }
4323
4324 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4325 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4326 }
4327
4328 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4329 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4330 {
4331 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4332 p->p_offset = off;
4333 else
4334 {
4335 file_ptr adjust;
4336
4337 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4338 if (!no_contents)
4339 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4340 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4341 }
4342 }
4343
4344 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4345 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4346 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4347 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4348 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4349 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4350 {
4351 asection *sec;
4352 bfd_size_type align;
4353 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4354
4355 sec = *secpp;
4356 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4357 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4358
4359 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4360 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4361 {
4362 bfd_signed_vma adjust = sec->lma - (p->p_paddr + p->p_memsz);
4363
4364 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4365 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4366 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4367 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))
4368 {
4369 if (adjust < 0)
4370 {
4371 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4372 (_("%B: section %A lma 0x%lx overlaps previous sections"),
4373 abfd, sec, (unsigned long) sec->lma);
4374 adjust = 0;
4375 }
4376 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4377
4378 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4379 {
4380 off += adjust;
4381 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4382 }
4383 }
4384 }
4385
4386 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4387 {
4388 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4389 everything. */
4390 if (i == 0)
4391 {
4392 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4393 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4394 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4395 p->p_memsz = 0;
4396 p->p_align = 1;
4397 }
4398 else
4399 {
4400 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4401 sec->filepos = 0;
4402 sec->size = 0;
4403 sec->flags = 0;
4404 continue;
4405 }
4406 }
4407 else
4408 {
4409 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4410 {
4411 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4412 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4413 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4414 }
4415
4416 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4417 {
4418 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4419 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4420 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4421 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4422 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4423 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4424 }
4425 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4426 {
4427 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4428 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4429
4430 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4431 normal segments. */
4432 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4433 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4434 }
4435
4436 if (align > p->p_align
4437 && !m->p_align_valid
4438 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4439 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4440 p->p_align = align;
4441 }
4442
4443 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4444 {
4445 p->p_flags |= PF_R;
4446 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4447 p->p_flags |= PF_X;
4448 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4449 p->p_flags |= PF_W;
4450 }
4451 }
4452 off -= off_adjust;
4453
4454 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4455 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4456 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4457 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4458 {
4459 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4460 asection *sec;
4461
4462 sec = *secpp;
4463 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4464 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0
4465 && !ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, p))
4466 {
4467 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4468 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4469 abfd, sec, j);
4470 print_segment_map (m);
4471 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4472 return FALSE;
4473 }
4474 }
4475 }
4476
4477 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4478 return TRUE;
4479 }
4480
4481 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4482
4483 static bfd_boolean
4484 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4485 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4486 {
4487 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4488 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4489 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4490 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4491 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4492 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4493 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4494 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4495 file_ptr off;
4496 unsigned int num_sec;
4497 unsigned int i;
4498 unsigned int count;
4499
4500 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4501 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4502 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4503 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4504 {
4505 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4506 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4507
4508 hdr = *hdrpp;
4509 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4510 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4511 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4512 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4513 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4514 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4515 {
4516 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4517 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4518 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4519 abfd,
4520 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4521 ? "*unknown*"
4522 : hdr->bfd_section->name)));
4523 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4524 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4525 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4526 bed->maxpagesize);
4527 else
4528 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4529 hdr->sh_addralign);
4530 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4531 FALSE);
4532 }
4533 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4534 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4535 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_section]
4536 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->symtab_shndx_section]
4537 || hdr == i_shdrpp[tdata->strtab_section])
4538 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4539 else
4540 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4541 }
4542
4543 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4544 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4545 count = 0;
4546 filehdr_vaddr = 0;
4547 filehdr_paddr = 0;
4548 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4549 phdrs_paddr = 0;
4550 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4551 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4552 m != NULL;
4553 m = m->next, p++)
4554 {
4555 ++count;
4556 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4557 continue;
4558
4559 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4560 {
4561 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4562 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4563 }
4564 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4565 {
4566 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4567 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4568 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4569 {
4570 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4571 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4572 }
4573 }
4574 }
4575
4576 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map, p = phdrs;
4577 m != NULL;
4578 m = m->next, p++)
4579 {
4580 if (m->count != 0)
4581 {
4582 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4583 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
4584 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
4585 {
4586 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4587 asection *sect;
4588
4589 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
4590
4591 sect = m->sections[m->count - 1];
4592 hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
4593 p->p_filesz = sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos;
4594 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4595 p->p_filesz += hdr->sh_size;
4596
4597 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4598 {
4599 /* When we get here, we are copying executable
4600 or shared library. But we need to use the same
4601 linker logic. */
4602 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4603
4604 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4605 {
4606 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4607 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
4608 break;
4609 }
4610
4611 if (lp < phdrs + count)
4612 {
4613 /* We should use p_size if it is valid since it
4614 may contain the first few bytes of the next
4615 SEC_ALLOC section. */
4616 if (m->p_size_valid)
4617 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
4618 else
4619 abort ();
4620 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4621 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4622 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4623 p->p_align = 1;
4624 }
4625 else
4626 abort ();
4627 }
4628 else
4629 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
4630 }
4631 }
4632 else
4633 {
4634 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4635 {
4636 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
4637 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4638 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
4639 }
4640 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
4641 {
4642 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
4643 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
4644 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
4645 }
4646 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
4647 {
4648 Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
4649
4650 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
4651 {
4652 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
4653 && lp->p_vaddr <= link_info->relro_end
4654 && lp->p_vaddr >= link_info->relro_start
4655 && (lp->p_vaddr + lp->p_filesz
4656 >= link_info->relro_end))
4657 break;
4658 }
4659
4660 if (lp < phdrs + count
4661 && link_info->relro_end > lp->p_vaddr)
4662 {
4663 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
4664 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
4665 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
4666 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
4667 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
4668 p->p_align = 1;
4669 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
4670 }
4671 else
4672 {
4673 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
4674 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
4675 }
4676 }
4677 }
4678 }
4679
4680 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4681
4682 return TRUE;
4683 }
4684
4685 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
4686 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
4687 VMAs must be known before this is called.
4688
4689 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
4690 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
4691 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
4692 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
4693 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
4694 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
4695 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
4696
4697 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
4698
4699 static bfd_boolean
4700 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
4701 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4702 {
4703 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
4704 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4705 file_ptr off;
4706 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4707
4708 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
4709 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4710 {
4711 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4712 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4713 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4714 unsigned int i;
4715
4716 /* Start after the ELF header. */
4717 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
4718
4719 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
4720 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
4721 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
4722 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4723 {
4724 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4725
4726 hdr = *hdrpp;
4727 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4728 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4729 || i == tdata->symtab_section
4730 || i == tdata->symtab_shndx_section
4731 || i == tdata->strtab_section)
4732 {
4733 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4734 }
4735 else
4736 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4737 }
4738 }
4739 else
4740 {
4741 unsigned int alloc;
4742
4743 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
4744 assignment of sections to segments. */
4745 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4746 return FALSE;
4747
4748 /* And for non-load sections. */
4749 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
4750 return FALSE;
4751
4752 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
4753 {
4754 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
4755 return FALSE;
4756 }
4757
4758 /* Write out the program headers. */
4759 alloc = tdata->program_header_size / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4760 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
4761 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
4762 return FALSE;
4763
4764 off = tdata->next_file_pos;
4765 }
4766
4767 /* Place the section headers. */
4768 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
4769 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
4770 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
4771
4772 tdata->next_file_pos = off;
4773
4774 return TRUE;
4775 }
4776
4777 static bfd_boolean
4778 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
4779 {
4780 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form */
4781 Elf_Internal_Phdr *i_phdrp = 0; /* Program header table, internal form */
4782 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
4783 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4784
4785 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4786
4787 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
4788 if (shstrtab == NULL)
4789 return FALSE;
4790
4791 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
4792
4793 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
4794 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
4795 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
4796 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
4797
4798 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
4799 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
4800 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
4801 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
4802
4803 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
4804 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
4805 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
4806 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
4807 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4808 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
4809 else
4810 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
4811
4812 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
4813 {
4814 case bfd_arch_unknown:
4815 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
4816 break;
4817
4818 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
4819 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
4820 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
4821 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
4822 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
4823 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
4824 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
4825 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
4826 default:
4827 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
4828 }
4829
4830 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
4831 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4832
4833 /* No program header, for now. */
4834 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4835 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4836 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
4837
4838 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
4839 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
4840 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
4841
4842 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
4843 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
4844 /* It all happens later. */
4845 ;
4846 else
4847 {
4848 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
4849 i_phdrp = 0;
4850 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
4851 }
4852
4853 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
4854 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
4855 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
4856 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
4857 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
4858 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
4859 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4860 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
4861 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
4862 return FALSE;
4863
4864 return TRUE;
4865 }
4866
4867 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
4868 of the loadable file image. */
4869
4870 void
4871 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
4872 {
4873 file_ptr off;
4874 unsigned int i, num_sec;
4875 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
4876
4877 off = elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos;
4878
4879 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4880 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
4881 {
4882 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
4883
4884 shdrp = *shdrpp;
4885 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4886 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
4887 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
4888 }
4889
4890 elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos = off;
4891 }
4892
4893 bfd_boolean
4894 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
4895 {
4896 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4897 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
4898 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
4899 bfd_boolean failed;
4900 unsigned int count, num_sec;
4901
4902 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
4903 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
4904 return FALSE;
4905
4906 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4907 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
4908
4909 failed = FALSE;
4910 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
4911 if (failed)
4912 return FALSE;
4913
4914 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
4915
4916 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
4917 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4918 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
4919 {
4920 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
4921 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
4922 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
4923 {
4924 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
4925
4926 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4927 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
4928 return FALSE;
4929 }
4930 }
4931
4932 /* Write out the section header names. */
4933 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
4934 && (bfd_seek (abfd, elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4935 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
4936 return FALSE;
4937
4938 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
4939 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd,
4940 elf_tdata (abfd)->linker);
4941
4942 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
4943 return FALSE;
4944
4945 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
4946 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents)
4947 return (*elf_tdata (abfd)->after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
4948
4949 return TRUE;
4950 }
4951
4952 bfd_boolean
4953 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
4954 {
4955 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
4956 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
4957 }
4958
4959 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
4960
4961 unsigned int
4962 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
4963 {
4964 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4965 unsigned int index;
4966
4967 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
4968 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
4969 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
4970
4971 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
4972 index = SHN_ABS;
4973 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
4974 index = SHN_COMMON;
4975 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
4976 index = SHN_UNDEF;
4977 else
4978 index = SHN_BAD;
4979
4980 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4981 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
4982 {
4983 int retval = index;
4984
4985 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
4986 return retval;
4987 }
4988
4989 if (index == SHN_BAD)
4990 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
4991
4992 return index;
4993 }
4994
4995 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
4996 on error. */
4997
4998 int
4999 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5000 {
5001 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5002 int idx;
5003 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5004
5005 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5006 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5007 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5008 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5009 input sections rather than the output section. */
5010 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5011 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5012 && asym_ptr->section)
5013 {
5014 asection *sec;
5015 int indx;
5016
5017 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5018 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5019 sec = sec->output_section;
5020 if (sec->owner == abfd
5021 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5022 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5023 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5024 }
5025
5026 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5027
5028 if (idx == 0)
5029 {
5030 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5031 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5032 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5033 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5034 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5035 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5036 return -1;
5037 }
5038
5039 #if DEBUG & 4
5040 {
5041 fprintf (stderr,
5042 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx%s\n",
5043 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, flags,
5044 elf_symbol_flags (flags));
5045 fflush (stderr);
5046 }
5047 #endif
5048
5049 return idx;
5050 }
5051
5052 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5053
5054 static bfd_boolean
5055 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5056 {
5057 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5058 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5059 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5060 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5061 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5062 asection *section;
5063 unsigned int i;
5064 unsigned int num_segments;
5065 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5066 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5067 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5068 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5069 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5070
5071 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5072 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5073
5074 map_first = NULL;
5075 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5076
5077 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5078 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5079
5080 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5081 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5082 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5083 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5084
5085 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5086 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5087 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5088 ? section->size : 0)
5089
5090 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5091 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5092 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5093 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5094 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5095 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5096
5097 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5098 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5099 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5100 (section->lma >= base \
5101 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5102 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5103
5104 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5105 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5106 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5107 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5108 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5109 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5110 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5111
5112 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5113 etc. */
5114 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5115 (IS_NOTE (p, s) \
5116 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5117 && s->vma == 0 \
5118 && s->lma == 0)
5119
5120 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5121 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5122 p_memsz set to 0. */
5123 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5124 (p->p_vaddr == 0 \
5125 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5126 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5127 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5128 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5129 && s->size > 0 \
5130 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5131 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5132 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5133
5134 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5135 A section will be included if:
5136 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5137 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5138 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5139 segment.
5140 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5141 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5142 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5143 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5144 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5145 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5146 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5147 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5148 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5149 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5150 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5151 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5152 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5153 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5154 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5155 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5156 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5157 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5158 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5159 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5160 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5161 || (segment->p_paddr \
5162 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5163 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5164 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5165 == 0)) \
5166 && !section->segment_mark)
5167
5168 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5169 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5170 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5171 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5172 && section->output_section != NULL)
5173
5174 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5175 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5176 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5177
5178 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5179 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5180 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5181 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5182 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5183 LMA. */
5184 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5185 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5186 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5187 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5188 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5189
5190 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5191 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5192 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5193
5194 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5195 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5196 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5197 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5198 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5199 i < num_segments;
5200 i++, segment++)
5201 {
5202 unsigned int j;
5203 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5204
5205 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5206 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5207 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5208 {
5209 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5210 assignment code will work. */
5211 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5212 break;
5213 }
5214
5215 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5216 {
5217 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5218 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5219 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5220 continue;
5221 }
5222
5223 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5224 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5225 {
5226 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5227
5228 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5229 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5230 continue;
5231
5232 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5233 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5234 {
5235 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5236 SEGMENT. */
5237 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5238 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5239
5240 if (extra_length > 0)
5241 {
5242 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5243 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5244 }
5245
5246 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5247
5248 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5249 i = 0;
5250 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5251 break;
5252 }
5253 else
5254 {
5255 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5256 SEGMENT2. */
5257 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5258 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5259
5260 if (extra_length > 0)
5261 {
5262 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5263 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5264 }
5265
5266 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5267 }
5268 }
5269 }
5270
5271 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5272 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5273 i < num_segments;
5274 i++, segment++)
5275 {
5276 unsigned int section_count;
5277 asection **sections;
5278 asection *output_section;
5279 unsigned int isec;
5280 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5281 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5282 unsigned int j;
5283 bfd_size_type amt;
5284 asection *first_section;
5285 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5286 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5287
5288 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5289 continue;
5290
5291 first_section = NULL;
5292 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5293 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5294 section != NULL;
5295 section = section->next)
5296 {
5297 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5298 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5299 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5300 {
5301 if (first_section == NULL)
5302 first_section = section;
5303 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5304 ++section_count;
5305 }
5306 }
5307
5308 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5309 all of the sections we have selected. */
5310 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5311 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5312 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5313 if (map == NULL)
5314 return FALSE;
5315
5316 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5317 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5318 map->next = NULL;
5319 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5320 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5321 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5322
5323 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5324 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5325 output segment. */
5326 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5327 {
5328 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5329 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5330 }
5331
5332 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5333 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5334 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5335 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5336 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5337
5338 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5339 {
5340 map->includes_phdrs =
5341 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5342 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5343 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5344 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5345
5346 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5347 phdr_included = TRUE;
5348 }
5349
5350 if (section_count == 0)
5351 {
5352 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5353 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5354 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5355 a warning is produced. */
5356 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5357 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5358 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5359 ibfd);
5360
5361 map->count = 0;
5362 *pointer_to_map = map;
5363 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5364
5365 continue;
5366 }
5367
5368 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5369 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5370 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5371 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5372
5373 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5374 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5375 input BFD.
5376
5377 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5378 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5379 of the first section.
5380
5381 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5382 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5383 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5384 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5385 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5386
5387 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5388 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5389 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5390 or segments to contain the other sections.
5391
5392 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5393 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5394 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5395
5396 /* Gcc 2.96 miscompiles this code on mips. Don't do casting here
5397 to work around this long long bug. */
5398 sections = bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5399 if (sections == NULL)
5400 return FALSE;
5401
5402 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5403 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5404 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5405 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5406 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5407 more to do. */
5408 isec = 0;
5409 matching_lma = 0;
5410 suggested_lma = 0;
5411 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5412 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5413
5414 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5415 section != NULL;
5416 section = section->next)
5417 if (section == first_section)
5418 break;
5419
5420 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5421 {
5422 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5423 {
5424 output_section = section->output_section;
5425
5426 sections[j++] = section;
5427
5428 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5429 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5430 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5431 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5432 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5433 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5434 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5435 && isec == 0
5436 && output_section->lma != 0
5437 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5438 + (map->includes_filehdr
5439 ? iehdr->e_ehsize
5440 : 0)
5441 + (map->includes_phdrs
5442 ? (iehdr->e_phnum
5443 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5444 : 0)))
5445 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5446
5447 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5448 LMA address of the output section. */
5449 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5450 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5451 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5452 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5453 {
5454 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5455 {
5456 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5457 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5458 }
5459
5460 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5461 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5462 segment. */
5463 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5464 }
5465 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5466 {
5467 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5468 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5469 }
5470
5471 if (j == section_count)
5472 break;
5473 }
5474 }
5475
5476 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5477
5478 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5479 if necessary. */
5480 if (isec == section_count)
5481 {
5482 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5483 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5484 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5485 program header in the input BFD. */
5486 map->count = section_count;
5487 *pointer_to_map = map;
5488 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5489
5490 if (!bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5491 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5492 && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs)
5493 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5494 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5495 segment's vma. */
5496 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5497
5498 free (sections);
5499 continue;
5500 }
5501 else
5502 {
5503 if (!first_matching_lma)
5504 {
5505 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5506 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5507 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5508 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5509 }
5510 else
5511 {
5512 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5513 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5514 the LMA of the first section. */
5515 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5516 }
5517
5518 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5519 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5520 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5521 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5522
5523 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5524 {
5525 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5526
5527 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5528 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5529 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5530 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5531 offset when we know the correct value. */
5532 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5533 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
5534 }
5535 }
5536
5537 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
5538 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
5539 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
5540 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
5541 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
5542 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
5543 the loop. */
5544 isec = 0;
5545 do
5546 {
5547 map->count = 0;
5548 suggested_lma = 0;
5549 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5550
5551 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
5552 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
5553 {
5554 section = sections[j];
5555
5556 if (section == NULL)
5557 continue;
5558
5559 output_section = section->output_section;
5560
5561 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
5562
5563 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5564 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
5565 {
5566 if (map->count == 0)
5567 {
5568 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
5569 the beginning of the segment, then something is
5570 wrong. */
5571 if (output_section->lma
5572 != (map->p_paddr
5573 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
5574 + (map->includes_phdrs
5575 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
5576 : 0)))
5577 abort ();
5578 }
5579 else
5580 {
5581 asection *prev_sec;
5582
5583 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
5584
5585 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
5586 and the start of this section is more than
5587 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
5588 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
5589 maxpagesize)
5590 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
5591 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
5592 > output_section->lma))
5593 {
5594 if (first_suggested_lma)
5595 {
5596 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5597 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5598 }
5599
5600 continue;
5601 }
5602 }
5603
5604 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
5605 ++isec;
5606 sections[j] = NULL;
5607 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
5608 }
5609 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5610 {
5611 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5612 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5613 }
5614 }
5615
5616 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
5617
5618 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
5619 *pointer_to_map = map;
5620 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5621
5622 if (isec < section_count)
5623 {
5624 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
5625 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
5626 and carry on looping. */
5627 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5628 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5629 map = bfd_alloc (obfd, amt);
5630 if (map == NULL)
5631 {
5632 free (sections);
5633 return FALSE;
5634 }
5635
5636 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
5637 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
5638 not yet been assigned. */
5639 map->next = NULL;
5640 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5641 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5642 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5643 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5644 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5645 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
5646 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5647 }
5648 }
5649 while (isec < section_count);
5650
5651 free (sections);
5652 }
5653
5654 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5655 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5656 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5657 reset the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5658 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5659 if (map->p_paddr != 0)
5660 break;
5661 if (map == NULL)
5662 for (map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5663 map->p_paddr_valid = 0;
5664
5665 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5666
5667 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
5668 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
5669 the offset if necessary. */
5670 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
5671 {
5672 unsigned int count;
5673
5674 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
5675 count++;
5676
5677 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
5678 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
5679 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5680 }
5681
5682 #undef SEGMENT_END
5683 #undef SECTION_SIZE
5684 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
5685 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
5686 #undef IS_NOTE
5687 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
5688 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
5689 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
5690 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
5691 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
5692 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
5693 return TRUE;
5694 }
5695
5696 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
5697
5698 static bfd_boolean
5699 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5700 {
5701 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5702 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5703 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5704 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5705 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5706 unsigned int i;
5707 unsigned int num_segments;
5708 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5709
5710 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5711
5712 map_first = NULL;
5713 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5714
5715 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5716 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5717 i < num_segments;
5718 i++, segment++)
5719 {
5720 asection *section;
5721 unsigned int section_count;
5722 bfd_size_type amt;
5723 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5724 asection *first_section = NULL;
5725 asection *lowest_section = NULL;
5726
5727 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
5728 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5729 section != NULL;
5730 section = section->next)
5731 {
5732 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5733 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5734 {
5735 if (!first_section)
5736 first_section = lowest_section = section;
5737 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
5738 lowest_section = section;
5739 section_count++;
5740 }
5741 }
5742
5743 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5744 all of the sections we have selected. */
5745 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5746 if (section_count != 0)
5747 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5748 map = bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5749 if (map == NULL)
5750 return FALSE;
5751
5752 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
5753 input segment. */
5754 map->next = NULL;
5755 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5756 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5757 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5758 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5759 map->p_paddr_valid = 1;
5760 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
5761 map->p_align_valid = 1;
5762 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
5763
5764 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
5765 && segment->p_filesz == segment->p_memsz)
5766 {
5767 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
5768 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
5769 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
5770 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5771 map->p_size = segment->p_filesz;
5772 map->p_size_valid = 1;
5773 }
5774
5775 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5776 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5777 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5778 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5779
5780 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5781 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5782 {
5783 map->includes_phdrs =
5784 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5785 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5786 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5787 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5788
5789 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5790 phdr_included = TRUE;
5791 }
5792
5793 if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr)
5794 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
5795 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
5796 - segment->p_paddr);
5797
5798 if (section_count != 0)
5799 {
5800 unsigned int isec = 0;
5801
5802 for (section = first_section;
5803 section != NULL;
5804 section = section->next)
5805 {
5806 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5807 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5808 {
5809 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
5810 if (isec == section_count)
5811 break;
5812 }
5813 }
5814 }
5815
5816 map->count = section_count;
5817 *pointer_to_map = map;
5818 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5819 }
5820
5821 elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map = map_first;
5822 return TRUE;
5823 }
5824
5825 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
5826 information. */
5827
5828 static bfd_boolean
5829 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5830 {
5831 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5832 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5833 return TRUE;
5834
5835 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
5836 return TRUE;
5837
5838 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
5839 {
5840 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
5841 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
5842 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5843 asection *section, *osec;
5844 unsigned int i, num_segments;
5845 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5846 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5847
5848 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5849
5850 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
5851 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
5852 goto rewrite;
5853
5854 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
5855 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5856 section = section->next)
5857 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5858
5859 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5860 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5861 i < num_segments;
5862 i++, segment++)
5863 {
5864 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
5865 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
5866 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
5867 map in this case. */
5868 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
5869 && segment->p_memsz == 0
5870 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
5871 goto rewrite;
5872
5873 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5874 section != NULL; section = section->next)
5875 {
5876 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
5877 from the input BFD. */
5878 osec = section->output_section;
5879 if (osec)
5880 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
5881
5882 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
5883 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
5884 if (ELF_IS_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_FILE (this_hdr, segment))
5885 {
5886 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
5887 removed. What else do we need to check? */
5888 if (osec == NULL
5889 || section->flags != osec->flags
5890 || section->lma != osec->lma
5891 || section->vma != osec->vma
5892 || section->size != osec->size
5893 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
5894 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
5895 goto rewrite;
5896 }
5897 }
5898 }
5899
5900 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
5901 input BFD. */
5902 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
5903 section = section->next)
5904 {
5905 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
5906 goto rewrite;
5907 else
5908 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5909 }
5910
5911 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5912 }
5913
5914 rewrite:
5915 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
5916 }
5917
5918 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
5919
5920 bfd_boolean
5921 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5922 asection *isec,
5923 bfd *obfd,
5924 asection *osec,
5925 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5926
5927 {
5928 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5929 bfd_boolean need_group = link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable;
5930
5931 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5932 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5933 return TRUE;
5934
5935 /* Don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the
5936 output BFD section flags have been set to something different.
5937 elf_fake_sections will set ELF section type based on BFD
5938 section flags. */
5939 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
5940 && (osec->flags == isec->flags || !osec->flags))
5941 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
5942
5943 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
5944 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
5945 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
5946
5947 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
5948 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
5949 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
5950 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
5951 if (need_group)
5952 {
5953 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
5954 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
5955 {
5956 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
5957 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
5958 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
5959 elf_group_name (osec) = elf_group_name (isec);
5960 }
5961 }
5962
5963 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5964
5965 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
5966 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
5967 may be NULL at this point. */
5968 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
5969 {
5970 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5971 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
5972 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
5973 }
5974
5975 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
5976
5977 return TRUE;
5978 }
5979
5980 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
5981 field, and sometimes the info field. */
5982
5983 bfd_boolean
5984 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
5985 asection *isec,
5986 bfd *obfd,
5987 asection *osec)
5988 {
5989 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
5990
5991 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
5992 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
5993 return TRUE;
5994
5995 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
5996 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
5997
5998 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
5999
6000 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6001 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6002 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6003 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6004 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6005
6006 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6007 NULL);
6008 }
6009
6010 /* Copy private header information. */
6011
6012 bfd_boolean
6013 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6014 {
6015 asection *isec;
6016
6017 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6018 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6019 return TRUE;
6020
6021 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6022 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6023 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6024 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6025 already been worked out. */
6026 if (elf_tdata (obfd)->segment_map == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6027 {
6028 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6029 return FALSE;
6030 }
6031
6032 /* _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data copied over the SHF_GROUP flag
6033 but this might be wrong if we deleted the group section. */
6034 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6035 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP
6036 && isec->output_section == NULL)
6037 {
6038 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6039 asection *s = first;
6040 while (s != NULL)
6041 {
6042 if (s->output_section != NULL)
6043 {
6044 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6045 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6046 }
6047 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6048 if (s == first)
6049 break;
6050 }
6051 }
6052
6053 return TRUE;
6054 }
6055
6056 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6057 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6058 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6059 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6060 swap_out_syms function. */
6061
6062 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6063 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6064 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6065 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6066 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6067
6068 bfd_boolean
6069 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6070 asymbol *isymarg,
6071 bfd *obfd,
6072 asymbol *osymarg)
6073 {
6074 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6075
6076 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6077 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6078 return TRUE;
6079
6080 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6081 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6082
6083 if (isym != NULL
6084 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6085 && osym != NULL
6086 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6087 {
6088 unsigned int shndx;
6089
6090 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6091 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6092 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6093 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6094 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6095 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->strtab_section)
6096 shndx = MAP_STRTAB;
6097 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->shstrtab_section)
6098 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6099 else if (shndx == elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_section)
6100 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6101 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6102 }
6103
6104 return TRUE;
6105 }
6106
6107 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6108
6109 static bfd_boolean
6110 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6111 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6112 int relocatable_p)
6113 {
6114 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6115 int symcount;
6116 asymbol **syms;
6117 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6118 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6119 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6120 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6121 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6122 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6123 int idx;
6124 bfd_size_type amt;
6125 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6126
6127 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd))
6128 return FALSE;
6129
6130 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6131 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6132 if (stt == NULL)
6133 return FALSE;
6134
6135 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6136 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6137 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6138 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6139 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6140 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6141 symtab_hdr->sh_info = elf_num_locals (abfd) + 1;
6142 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6143
6144 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6145 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6146
6147 outbound_syms = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6148 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6149 {
6150 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6151 return FALSE;
6152 }
6153 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6154
6155 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6156 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6157 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6158 {
6159 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6160 outbound_shndx = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6161 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6162 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6163 {
6164 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6165 return FALSE;
6166 }
6167
6168 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6169 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6170 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6171 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6172 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6173 }
6174
6175 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6176 {
6177 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6178 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6179 sym.st_name = 0;
6180 sym.st_value = 0;
6181 sym.st_size = 0;
6182 sym.st_info = 0;
6183 sym.st_other = 0;
6184 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6185 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6186 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6187 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6188 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6189 }
6190
6191 name_local_sections
6192 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6193 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6194
6195 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6196 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6197 {
6198 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6199 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6200 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6201 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6202 int type;
6203
6204 if (!name_local_sections
6205 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6206 {
6207 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6208 sym.st_name = 0;
6209 }
6210 else
6211 {
6212 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6213 syms[idx]->name,
6214 TRUE, FALSE);
6215 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6216 {
6217 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6218 return FALSE;
6219 }
6220 }
6221
6222 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6223
6224 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6225 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6226 {
6227 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6228 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6229 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6230 sym.st_size = value;
6231 if (type_ptr == NULL
6232 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6233 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6234 else
6235 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6236 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6237 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6238 }
6239 else
6240 {
6241 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6242 unsigned int shndx;
6243
6244 if (sec->output_section)
6245 {
6246 value += sec->output_offset;
6247 sec = sec->output_section;
6248 }
6249
6250 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6251 if (! relocatable_p)
6252 value += sec->vma;
6253 sym.st_value = value;
6254 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6255
6256 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6257 && type_ptr != NULL
6258 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6259 {
6260 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6261 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6262 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6263 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6264 switch (shndx)
6265 {
6266 case MAP_ONESYMTAB:
6267 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6268 break;
6269 case MAP_DYNSYMTAB:
6270 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6271 break;
6272 case MAP_STRTAB:
6273 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_section;
6274 break;
6275 case MAP_SHSTRTAB:
6276 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_section;
6277 break;
6278 case MAP_SYM_SHNDX:
6279 shndx = elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_section;
6280 break;
6281 default:
6282 break;
6283 }
6284 }
6285 else
6286 {
6287 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6288
6289 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6290 {
6291 asection *sec2;
6292
6293 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6294 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6295 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6296 demand of applications. For example, it
6297 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6298 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6299 actually in the output file. */
6300 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6301 if (sec2 == NULL)
6302 {
6303 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6304 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6305 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6306 sec->name);
6307 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6308 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6309 return FALSE;
6310 }
6311
6312 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6313 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6314 }
6315 }
6316
6317 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6318 }
6319
6320 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6321 type = STT_TLS;
6322 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6323 type = STT_FUNC;
6324 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6325 type = STT_OBJECT;
6326 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6327 type = STT_RELC;
6328 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6329 type = STT_SRELC;
6330 else
6331 type = STT_NOTYPE;
6332
6333 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6334 type = STT_TLS;
6335
6336 /* Processor-specific types. */
6337 if (type_ptr != NULL
6338 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6339 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6340 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6341
6342 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6343 {
6344 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6345 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6346 else
6347 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6348 }
6349 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6350 {
6351 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6352 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6353 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6354 else
6355 #else
6356 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6357 #endif
6358 }
6359 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6360 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6361 ? STB_WEAK
6362 : STB_GLOBAL),
6363 type);
6364 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6365 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6366 else
6367 {
6368 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6369
6370 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6371 bind = STB_LOCAL;
6372 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6373 bind = STB_WEAK;
6374 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6375 bind = STB_GLOBAL;
6376
6377 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6378 }
6379
6380 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6381 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6382 else
6383 sym.st_other = 0;
6384
6385 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6386 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6387 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6388 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6389 }
6390
6391 *sttp = stt;
6392 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6393 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6394
6395 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6396 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6397 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6398 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6399 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6400 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6401
6402 return TRUE;
6403 }
6404
6405 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6406
6407 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6408 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6409 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6410
6411 long
6412 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6413 {
6414 long symcount;
6415 long symtab_size;
6416 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6417
6418 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6419 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6420 if (symcount > 0)
6421 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6422
6423 return symtab_size;
6424 }
6425
6426 long
6427 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6428 {
6429 long symcount;
6430 long symtab_size;
6431 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
6432
6433 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6434 {
6435 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6436 return -1;
6437 }
6438
6439 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6440 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6441 if (symcount > 0)
6442 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
6443
6444 return symtab_size;
6445 }
6446
6447 long
6448 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6449 sec_ptr asect)
6450 {
6451 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
6452 }
6453
6454 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
6455
6456 long
6457 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6458 sec_ptr section,
6459 arelent **relptr,
6460 asymbol **symbols)
6461 {
6462 arelent *tblptr;
6463 unsigned int i;
6464 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6465
6466 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
6467 return -1;
6468
6469 tblptr = section->relocation;
6470 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
6471 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
6472
6473 *relptr = NULL;
6474
6475 return section->reloc_count;
6476 }
6477
6478 long
6479 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
6480 {
6481 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6482 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
6483
6484 if (symcount >= 0)
6485 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6486 return symcount;
6487 }
6488
6489 long
6490 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
6491 asymbol **allocation)
6492 {
6493 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6494 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
6495
6496 if (symcount >= 0)
6497 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
6498 return symcount;
6499 }
6500
6501 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
6502 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
6503 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
6504 dynamic reloc section. */
6505
6506 long
6507 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6508 {
6509 long ret;
6510 asection *s;
6511
6512 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6513 {
6514 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6515 return -1;
6516 }
6517
6518 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
6519 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6520 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6521 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6522 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6523 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6524 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
6525 * sizeof (arelent *));
6526
6527 return ret;
6528 }
6529
6530 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
6531 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
6532 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
6533 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
6534 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
6535 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
6536 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
6537
6538 long
6539 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
6540 arelent **storage,
6541 asymbol **syms)
6542 {
6543 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
6544 asection *s;
6545 long ret;
6546
6547 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
6548 {
6549 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6550 return -1;
6551 }
6552
6553 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
6554 ret = 0;
6555 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6556 {
6557 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
6558 && elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
6559 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
6560 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
6561 {
6562 arelent *p;
6563 long count, i;
6564
6565 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
6566 return -1;
6567 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
6568 p = s->relocation;
6569 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
6570 *storage++ = p++;
6571 ret += count;
6572 }
6573 }
6574
6575 *storage = NULL;
6576
6577 return ret;
6578 }
6579 \f
6580 /* Read in the version information. */
6581
6582 bfd_boolean
6583 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
6584 {
6585 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
6586 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
6587
6588 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
6589 {
6590 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6591 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
6592 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
6593 unsigned int i;
6594 bfd_byte *contents_end;
6595
6596 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
6597
6598 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info,
6599 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
6600 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
6601 goto error_return;
6602
6603 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
6604
6605 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6606 if (contents == NULL)
6607 {
6608 error_return_verref:
6609 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
6610 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
6611 goto error_return;
6612 }
6613 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6614 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6615 goto error_return_verref;
6616
6617 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
6618 goto error_return_verref;
6619
6620 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
6621 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
6622 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
6623 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
6624 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
6625 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
6626 {
6627 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
6628 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
6629 unsigned int j;
6630
6631 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
6632
6633 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
6634
6635 iverneed->vn_filename =
6636 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6637 iverneed->vn_file);
6638 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
6639 goto error_return_verref;
6640
6641 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
6642 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
6643 else
6644 {
6645 iverneed->vn_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
6646 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
6647 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
6648 goto error_return_verref;
6649 }
6650
6651 if (iverneed->vn_aux
6652 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6653 goto error_return_verref;
6654
6655 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6656 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
6657 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
6658 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
6659 {
6660 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
6661
6662 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
6663 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6664 ivernaux->vna_name);
6665 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
6666 goto error_return_verref;
6667
6668 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
6669 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
6670 else
6671 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
6672
6673 if (ivernaux->vna_next
6674 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
6675 goto error_return_verref;
6676
6677 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
6678 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
6679
6680 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
6681 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
6682 }
6683
6684 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
6685 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
6686 else
6687 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
6688
6689 if (iverneed->vn_next
6690 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
6691 goto error_return_verref;
6692
6693 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
6694 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
6695 }
6696
6697 free (contents);
6698 contents = NULL;
6699 }
6700
6701 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
6702 {
6703 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
6704 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
6705 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6706 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
6707 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
6708 unsigned int i;
6709 unsigned int maxidx;
6710 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
6711
6712 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
6713
6714 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6715 if (contents == NULL)
6716 goto error_return;
6717 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6718 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
6719 goto error_return;
6720
6721 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
6722 goto error_return;
6723
6724 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
6725 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
6726 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
6727 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
6728 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
6729 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
6730
6731 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
6732 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
6733 the maximum. */
6734 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6735 maxidx = 0;
6736 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
6737 {
6738 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6739
6740 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
6741 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
6742
6743 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
6744 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6745 goto error_return;
6746
6747 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6748 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
6749 }
6750
6751 if (default_imported_symver)
6752 {
6753 if (freeidx > maxidx)
6754 maxidx = ++freeidx;
6755 else
6756 freeidx = ++maxidx;
6757 }
6758 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx,
6759 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6760 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6761 goto error_return;
6762
6763 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
6764
6765 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
6766 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
6767 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
6768 {
6769 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
6770 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6771 unsigned int j;
6772
6773 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
6774
6775 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
6776 {
6777 error_return_verdef:
6778 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
6779 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
6780 goto error_return;
6781 }
6782
6783 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
6784 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6785
6786 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6787
6788 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
6789 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
6790 else
6791 {
6792 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
6793 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6794 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6795 goto error_return_verdef;
6796 }
6797
6798 if (iverdef->vd_aux
6799 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
6800 goto error_return_verdef;
6801
6802 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6803 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
6804 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6805 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
6806 {
6807 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
6808
6809 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
6810 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
6811 iverdaux->vda_name);
6812 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
6813 goto error_return_verdef;
6814
6815 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
6816 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
6817 else
6818 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6819
6820 if (iverdaux->vda_next
6821 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
6822 goto error_return_verdef;
6823
6824 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
6825 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
6826 }
6827
6828 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
6829 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
6830
6831 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
6832 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
6833 else
6834 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6835
6836 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
6837 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
6838 }
6839
6840 free (contents);
6841 contents = NULL;
6842 }
6843 else if (default_imported_symver)
6844 {
6845 if (freeidx < 3)
6846 freeidx = 3;
6847 else
6848 freeidx++;
6849
6850 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx,
6851 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
6852 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
6853 goto error_return;
6854
6855 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
6856 }
6857
6858 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
6859 if (default_imported_symver)
6860 {
6861 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
6862 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
6863
6864 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];;
6865
6866 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
6867 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
6868 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
6869 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
6870
6871 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
6872
6873 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
6874 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
6875 goto error_return_verdef;
6876 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
6877 iverdef->vd_auxptr = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
6878 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
6879 goto error_return_verdef;
6880
6881 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
6882 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
6883 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
6884 }
6885
6886 return TRUE;
6887
6888 error_return:
6889 if (contents != NULL)
6890 free (contents);
6891 return FALSE;
6892 }
6893 \f
6894 asymbol *
6895 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
6896 {
6897 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
6898 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
6899
6900 newsym = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
6901 if (!newsym)
6902 return NULL;
6903 else
6904 {
6905 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
6906 return &newsym->symbol;
6907 }
6908 }
6909
6910 void
6911 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6912 asymbol *symbol,
6913 symbol_info *ret)
6914 {
6915 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
6916 }
6917
6918 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
6919 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
6920 override it. */
6921
6922 bfd_boolean
6923 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6924 const char *name)
6925 {
6926 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
6927 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
6928 return TRUE;
6929
6930 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
6931 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
6932 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
6933 return TRUE;
6934
6935 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
6936 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
6937 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
6938 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
6939 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
6940 we treat such symbols as local. */
6941 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
6942 return TRUE;
6943
6944 return FALSE;
6945 }
6946
6947 alent *
6948 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6949 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6950 {
6951 abort ();
6952 return NULL;
6953 }
6954
6955 bfd_boolean
6956 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
6957 enum bfd_architecture arch,
6958 unsigned long machine)
6959 {
6960 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
6961 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
6962 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
6963 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
6964 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
6965 return FALSE;
6966
6967 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
6968 }
6969
6970 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
6971 for error reporting. */
6972
6973 static bfd_boolean
6974 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6975 asection *section,
6976 asymbol **symbols,
6977 bfd_vma offset,
6978 const char **filename_ptr,
6979 const char **functionname_ptr)
6980 {
6981 const char *filename;
6982 asymbol *func, *file;
6983 bfd_vma low_func;
6984 asymbol **p;
6985 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
6986 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
6987 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
6988 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
6989 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
6990 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
6991 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
6992 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
6993 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
6994
6995 filename = NULL;
6996 func = NULL;
6997 file = NULL;
6998 low_func = 0;
6999 state = nothing_seen;
7000
7001 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7002 {
7003 elf_symbol_type *q;
7004
7005 q = (elf_symbol_type *) *p;
7006
7007 switch (ELF_ST_TYPE (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info))
7008 {
7009 default:
7010 break;
7011 case STT_FILE:
7012 file = &q->symbol;
7013 if (state == symbol_seen)
7014 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7015 continue;
7016 case STT_NOTYPE:
7017 case STT_FUNC:
7018 if (bfd_get_section (&q->symbol) == section
7019 && q->symbol.value >= low_func
7020 && q->symbol.value <= offset)
7021 {
7022 func = (asymbol *) q;
7023 low_func = q->symbol.value;
7024 filename = NULL;
7025 if (file != NULL
7026 && (ELF_ST_BIND (q->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STB_LOCAL
7027 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7028 filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7029 }
7030 break;
7031 }
7032 if (state == nothing_seen)
7033 state = symbol_seen;
7034 }
7035
7036 if (func == NULL)
7037 return FALSE;
7038
7039 if (filename_ptr)
7040 *filename_ptr = filename;
7041 if (functionname_ptr)
7042 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (func);
7043
7044 return TRUE;
7045 }
7046
7047 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7048 for error reporting. */
7049
7050 bfd_boolean
7051 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7052 asection *section,
7053 asymbol **symbols,
7054 bfd_vma offset,
7055 const char **filename_ptr,
7056 const char **functionname_ptr,
7057 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7058 {
7059 bfd_boolean found;
7060
7061 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7062 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7063 line_ptr))
7064 {
7065 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7066 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7067 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7068 functionname_ptr);
7069
7070 return TRUE;
7071 }
7072
7073 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7074 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7075 line_ptr, 0,
7076 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7077 {
7078 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7079 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7080 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7081 functionname_ptr);
7082
7083 return TRUE;
7084 }
7085
7086 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7087 &found, filename_ptr,
7088 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7089 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7090 return FALSE;
7091 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7092 return TRUE;
7093
7094 if (symbols == NULL)
7095 return FALSE;
7096
7097 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7098 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7099 return FALSE;
7100
7101 *line_ptr = 0;
7102 return TRUE;
7103 }
7104
7105 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7106
7107 bfd_boolean
7108 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7109 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7110 {
7111 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7112 filename_ptr, line_ptr, 0,
7113 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7114 }
7115
7116 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7117 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7118 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7119 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7120 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7121
7122 bfd_boolean
7123 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7124 const char **filename_ptr,
7125 const char **functionname_ptr,
7126 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7127 {
7128 bfd_boolean found;
7129 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7130 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7131 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7132 return found;
7133 }
7134
7135 int
7136 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7137 {
7138 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7139 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7140
7141 if (!info->relocatable)
7142 {
7143 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size;
7144
7145 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7146 {
7147 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7148
7149 phdr_size = 0;
7150 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
7151 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7152
7153 if (phdr_size == 0)
7154 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7155 }
7156
7157 elf_tdata (abfd)->program_header_size = phdr_size;
7158 ret += phdr_size;
7159 }
7160
7161 return ret;
7162 }
7163
7164 bfd_boolean
7165 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7166 sec_ptr section,
7167 const void *location,
7168 file_ptr offset,
7169 bfd_size_type count)
7170 {
7171 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7172 bfd_signed_vma pos;
7173
7174 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7175 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7176 return FALSE;
7177
7178 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7179 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7180 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7181 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7182 return FALSE;
7183
7184 return TRUE;
7185 }
7186
7187 void
7188 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7189 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7190 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7191 {
7192 abort ();
7193 }
7194
7195 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7196
7197 bfd_boolean
7198 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7199 {
7200 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7201
7202 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7203 {
7204 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7205 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7206
7207 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7208 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7209
7210 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7211 {
7212 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7213 {
7214 case 8:
7215 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7216 break;
7217 case 12:
7218 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7219 break;
7220 case 16:
7221 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7222 break;
7223 case 24:
7224 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7225 break;
7226 case 32:
7227 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7228 break;
7229 case 64:
7230 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7231 break;
7232 default:
7233 goto fail;
7234 }
7235
7236 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7237
7238 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7239 {
7240 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7241 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7242 else
7243 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7244 }
7245 }
7246 else
7247 {
7248 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7249 {
7250 case 8:
7251 code = BFD_RELOC_8;
7252 break;
7253 case 14:
7254 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7255 break;
7256 case 16:
7257 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7258 break;
7259 case 26:
7260 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7261 break;
7262 case 32:
7263 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7264 break;
7265 case 64:
7266 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7267 break;
7268 default:
7269 goto fail;
7270 }
7271
7272 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7273 }
7274
7275 if (howto)
7276 areloc->howto = howto;
7277 else
7278 goto fail;
7279 }
7280
7281 return TRUE;
7282
7283 fail:
7284 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7285 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7286 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7287 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7288 return FALSE;
7289 }
7290
7291 bfd_boolean
7292 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7293 {
7294 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object)
7295 {
7296 if (elf_tdata (abfd) != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7297 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7298 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd);
7299 }
7300
7301 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7302 }
7303
7304 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7305 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7306 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7307 this reloc. */
7308
7309 bfd_reloc_status_type
7310 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7311 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7312 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7313 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7314 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7315 {
7316 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7317 }
7318 \f
7319 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7320 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7321 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7322 out details about the corefile. */
7323
7324 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7325 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7326 #endif
7327
7328 /* FIXME: this is kinda wrong, but it's what gdb wants. */
7329
7330 static int
7331 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7332 {
7333 return ((elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid << 16)
7334 + (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid));
7335 }
7336
7337 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7338 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7339 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7340 overwrite it. */
7341
7342 static bfd_boolean
7343 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7344 {
7345 asection *sect2;
7346
7347 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7348 return TRUE;
7349
7350 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7351 if (sect2 == NULL)
7352 return FALSE;
7353
7354 sect2->size = sect->size;
7355 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7356 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7357 return TRUE;
7358 }
7359
7360 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7361 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7362 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7363 such a section already exists.
7364 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7365 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7366 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7367 bfd_boolean
7368 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7369 char *name,
7370 size_t size,
7371 ufile_ptr filepos)
7372 {
7373 char buf[100];
7374 char *threaded_name;
7375 size_t len;
7376 asection *sect;
7377
7378 /* Build the section name. */
7379
7380 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7381 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7382 threaded_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7383 if (threaded_name == NULL)
7384 return FALSE;
7385 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
7386
7387 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
7388 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7389 if (sect == NULL)
7390 return FALSE;
7391 sect->size = size;
7392 sect->filepos = filepos;
7393 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7394
7395 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
7396 }
7397
7398 /* prstatus_t exists on:
7399 solaris 2.5+
7400 linux 2.[01] + glibc
7401 unixware 4.2
7402 */
7403
7404 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7405
7406 static bfd_boolean
7407 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7408 {
7409 size_t size;
7410 int offset;
7411
7412 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
7413 {
7414 prstatus_t prstat;
7415
7416 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7417 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
7418 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7419
7420 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7421 has already been set by another thread. */
7422 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7423 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7424 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7425
7426 /* pr_who exists on:
7427 solaris 2.5+
7428 unixware 4.2
7429 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7430 linux 2.[01]
7431 */
7432 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
7433 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7434 #endif
7435 }
7436 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
7437 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
7438 {
7439 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7440 prstatus32_t prstat;
7441
7442 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
7443 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
7444 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
7445
7446 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
7447 has already been set by another thread. */
7448 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal == 0)
7449 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
7450 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = prstat.pr_pid;
7451
7452 /* pr_who exists on:
7453 solaris 2.5+
7454 unixware 4.2
7455 pr_who doesn't exist on:
7456 linux 2.[01]
7457 */
7458 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
7459 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
7460 #endif
7461 }
7462 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
7463 else
7464 {
7465 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7466 note size (ie. data object type). */
7467 return TRUE;
7468 }
7469
7470 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
7471 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7472 size, note->descpos + offset);
7473 }
7474 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
7475
7476 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
7477 static bfd_boolean
7478 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
7479 char *name,
7480 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7481 {
7482 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
7483 note->descsz, note->descpos);
7484 }
7485
7486 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
7487 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
7488 data structure apart. */
7489
7490 static bfd_boolean
7491 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7492 {
7493 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7494 }
7495
7496 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
7497 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
7498 literally. */
7499
7500 static bfd_boolean
7501 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7502 {
7503 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
7504 }
7505
7506 static bfd_boolean
7507 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7508 {
7509 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
7510 }
7511
7512
7513 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
7514 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7515 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7516 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7517 #endif
7518 #endif
7519
7520 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7521 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
7522 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
7523 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
7524 #endif
7525 #endif
7526
7527 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
7528 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
7529 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
7530
7531 char *
7532 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
7533 {
7534 char *dups;
7535 char *end = memchr (start, '\0', max);
7536 size_t len;
7537
7538 if (end == NULL)
7539 len = max;
7540 else
7541 len = end - start;
7542
7543 dups = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
7544 if (dups == NULL)
7545 return NULL;
7546
7547 memcpy (dups, start, len);
7548 dups[len] = '\0';
7549
7550 return dups;
7551 }
7552
7553 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7554 static bfd_boolean
7555 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7556 {
7557 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
7558 {
7559 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
7560
7561 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7562
7563 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7564 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7565 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7566
7567 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7568 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7569 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7570 }
7571 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
7572 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
7573 {
7574 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7575 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
7576
7577 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
7578
7579 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7580 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
7581 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
7582
7583 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7584 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
7585 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
7586 }
7587 #endif
7588
7589 else
7590 {
7591 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
7592 note size (ie. data object type). */
7593 return TRUE;
7594 }
7595
7596 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7597 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7598 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
7599
7600 {
7601 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7602 int n = strlen (command);
7603
7604 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7605 command[n - 1] = '\0';
7606 }
7607
7608 return TRUE;
7609 }
7610 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
7611
7612 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7613 static bfd_boolean
7614 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7615 {
7616 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
7617 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
7618 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
7619 #endif
7620 )
7621 {
7622 pstatus_t pstat;
7623
7624 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7625
7626 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7627 }
7628 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
7629 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
7630 {
7631 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
7632 pstatus32_t pstat;
7633
7634 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
7635
7636 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = pstat.pr_pid;
7637 }
7638 #endif
7639 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
7640 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
7641 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
7642
7643 return TRUE;
7644 }
7645 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
7646
7647 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7648 static bfd_boolean
7649 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7650 {
7651 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
7652 char buf[100];
7653 char *name;
7654 size_t len;
7655 asection *sect;
7656
7657 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
7658 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
7659 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
7660 #endif
7661 )
7662 return TRUE;
7663
7664 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
7665
7666 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
7667 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
7668
7669 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7670
7671 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7672 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7673 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7674 if (name == NULL)
7675 return FALSE;
7676 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7677
7678 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7679 if (sect == NULL)
7680 return FALSE;
7681
7682 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7683 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7684 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7685 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
7686 #endif
7687
7688 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
7689 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
7690 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
7691 #endif
7692
7693 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7694
7695 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7696 return FALSE;
7697
7698 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
7699
7700 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
7701 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7702 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7703 if (name == NULL)
7704 return FALSE;
7705 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7706
7707 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7708 if (sect == NULL)
7709 return FALSE;
7710
7711 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
7712 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7713 sect->filepos = note->descpos
7714 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
7715 #endif
7716
7717 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
7718 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
7719 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
7720 #endif
7721
7722 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7723
7724 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
7725 }
7726 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
7727
7728 static bfd_boolean
7729 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7730 {
7731 char buf[30];
7732 char *name;
7733 size_t len;
7734 asection *sect;
7735 int type;
7736 int is_active_thread;
7737 bfd_vma base_addr;
7738
7739 if (note->descsz < 728)
7740 return TRUE;
7741
7742 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
7743 return TRUE;
7744
7745 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
7746
7747 switch (type)
7748 {
7749 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
7750 /* FIXME: need to add ->core_command. */
7751 /* process_info.pid */
7752 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7753 /* process_info.signal */
7754 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7755 break;
7756
7757 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
7758 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
7759 /* thread_info.tid */
7760 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
7761
7762 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7763 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7764 if (name == NULL)
7765 return FALSE;
7766
7767 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7768
7769 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7770 if (sect == NULL)
7771 return FALSE;
7772
7773 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7774 sect->size = 716;
7775 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
7776 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
7777 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7778
7779 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
7780 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
7781
7782 if (is_active_thread)
7783 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
7784 return FALSE;
7785 break;
7786
7787 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
7788 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
7789 /* module_info.base_address */
7790 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
7791 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (long) base_addr);
7792
7793 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
7794 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
7795 if (name == NULL)
7796 return FALSE;
7797
7798 memcpy (name, buf, len);
7799
7800 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7801
7802 if (sect == NULL)
7803 return FALSE;
7804
7805 sect->size = note->descsz;
7806 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7807 sect->alignment_power = 2;
7808 break;
7809
7810 default:
7811 return TRUE;
7812 }
7813
7814 return TRUE;
7815 }
7816
7817 static bfd_boolean
7818 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7819 {
7820 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7821
7822 switch (note->type)
7823 {
7824 default:
7825 return TRUE;
7826
7827 case NT_PRSTATUS:
7828 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
7829 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
7830 return TRUE;
7831 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
7832 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
7833 #else
7834 return TRUE;
7835 #endif
7836
7837 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
7838 case NT_PSTATUS:
7839 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
7840 #endif
7841
7842 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
7843 case NT_LWPSTATUS:
7844 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
7845 #endif
7846
7847 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
7848 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
7849
7850 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
7851 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
7852
7853 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
7854 if (note->namesz == 6
7855 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7856 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
7857 else
7858 return TRUE;
7859
7860 case NT_PPC_VMX:
7861 if (note->namesz == 6
7862 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
7863 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
7864 else
7865 return TRUE;
7866
7867 case NT_PRPSINFO:
7868 case NT_PSINFO:
7869 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
7870 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
7871 return TRUE;
7872 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
7873 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
7874 #else
7875 return TRUE;
7876 #endif
7877
7878 case NT_AUXV:
7879 {
7880 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
7881 SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7882
7883 if (sect == NULL)
7884 return FALSE;
7885 sect->size = note->descsz;
7886 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
7887 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
7888
7889 return TRUE;
7890 }
7891 }
7892 }
7893
7894 static bfd_boolean
7895 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7896 {
7897 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id_size = note->descsz;
7898 elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, note->descsz);
7899 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id == NULL)
7900 return FALSE;
7901
7902 memcpy (elf_tdata (abfd)->build_id, note->descdata, note->descsz);
7903
7904 return TRUE;
7905 }
7906
7907 static bfd_boolean
7908 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7909 {
7910 switch (note->type)
7911 {
7912 default:
7913 return TRUE;
7914
7915 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
7916 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
7917 }
7918 }
7919
7920 static bfd_boolean
7921 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
7922 {
7923 char *cp;
7924
7925 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
7926 if (cp != NULL)
7927 {
7928 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
7929 return TRUE;
7930 }
7931 return FALSE;
7932 }
7933
7934 static bfd_boolean
7935 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7936 {
7937 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
7938 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal
7939 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
7940
7941 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
7942 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid
7943 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
7944
7945 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
7946 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7947 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
7948
7949 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
7950 note);
7951 }
7952
7953 static bfd_boolean
7954 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7955 {
7956 int lwp;
7957
7958 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
7959 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = lwp;
7960
7961 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
7962 {
7963 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
7964 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
7965 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
7966 creates a core file. */
7967
7968 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
7969 }
7970
7971 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
7972 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
7973 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
7974 understand it. */
7975
7976 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
7977 return TRUE;
7978
7979
7980 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
7981 {
7982 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
7983 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
7984
7985 case bfd_arch_alpha:
7986 case bfd_arch_sparc:
7987 switch (note->type)
7988 {
7989 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
7990 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
7991
7992 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
7993 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
7994
7995 default:
7996 return TRUE;
7997 }
7998
7999 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8000 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8001
8002 default:
8003 switch (note->type)
8004 {
8005 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8006 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8007
8008 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8009 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8010
8011 default:
8012 return TRUE;
8013 }
8014 }
8015 /* NOTREACHED */
8016 }
8017
8018 static bfd_boolean
8019 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8020 {
8021 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8022 char buf[100];
8023 char *name;
8024 asection *sect;
8025 short sig;
8026 unsigned flags;
8027
8028 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8029 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8030
8031 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8032 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8033
8034 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8035 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8036
8037 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8038 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8039 {
8040 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = sig;
8041 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8042 }
8043
8044 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8045 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8046 thread just in case. */
8047 if (flags & 0x00000080)
8048 elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = *tid;
8049
8050 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8051 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
8052
8053 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8054 if (name == NULL)
8055 return FALSE;
8056 strcpy (name, buf);
8057
8058 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8059 if (sect == NULL)
8060 return FALSE;
8061
8062 sect->size = note->descsz;
8063 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8064 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8065
8066 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
8067 }
8068
8069 static bfd_boolean
8070 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
8071 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
8072 long tid,
8073 char *base)
8074 {
8075 char buf[100];
8076 char *name;
8077 asection *sect;
8078
8079 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
8080 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
8081
8082 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
8083 if (name == NULL)
8084 return FALSE;
8085 strcpy (name, buf);
8086
8087 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8088 if (sect == NULL)
8089 return FALSE;
8090
8091 sect->size = note->descsz;
8092 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8093 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8094
8095 /* This is the current thread. */
8096 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid == tid)
8097 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
8098
8099 return TRUE;
8100 }
8101
8102 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
8103 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
8104 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
8105 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
8106
8107 static bfd_boolean
8108 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8109 {
8110 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
8111 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
8112 function. */
8113 static long tid = 1;
8114
8115 switch (note->type)
8116 {
8117 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
8118 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
8119 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
8120 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
8121 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
8122 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
8123 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
8124 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
8125 default:
8126 return TRUE;
8127 }
8128 }
8129
8130 static bfd_boolean
8131 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8132 {
8133 char *name;
8134 asection *sect;
8135 size_t len;
8136
8137 /* Use note name as section name. */
8138 len = note->namesz;
8139 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8140 if (name == NULL)
8141 return FALSE;
8142 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
8143 name[len - 1] = '\0';
8144
8145 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8146 if (sect == NULL)
8147 return FALSE;
8148
8149 sect->size = note->descsz;
8150 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8151 sect->alignment_power = 1;
8152
8153 return TRUE;
8154 }
8155
8156 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
8157
8158 Inputs:
8159 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
8160 name of note
8161 type of note
8162 data for note
8163 size of data for note
8164
8165 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
8166 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
8167 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
8168 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
8169
8170 Return:
8171 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
8172
8173 char *
8174 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
8175 char *buf,
8176 int *bufsiz,
8177 const char *name,
8178 int type,
8179 const void *input,
8180 int size)
8181 {
8182 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
8183 size_t namesz;
8184 size_t newspace;
8185 char *dest;
8186
8187 namesz = 0;
8188 if (name != NULL)
8189 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
8190
8191 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
8192
8193 buf = realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
8194 if (buf == NULL)
8195 return buf;
8196 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
8197 *bufsiz += newspace;
8198 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
8199 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
8200 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
8201 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
8202 dest = xnp->name;
8203 if (name != NULL)
8204 {
8205 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
8206 dest += namesz;
8207 while (namesz & 3)
8208 {
8209 *dest++ = '\0';
8210 ++namesz;
8211 }
8212 }
8213 memcpy (dest, input, size);
8214 dest += size;
8215 while (size & 3)
8216 {
8217 *dest++ = '\0';
8218 ++size;
8219 }
8220 return buf;
8221 }
8222
8223 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8224 char *
8225 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
8226 char *buf,
8227 int *bufsiz,
8228 const char *fname,
8229 const char *psargs)
8230 {
8231 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8232 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8233
8234 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8235 {
8236 char *ret;
8237 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8238 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
8239 if (ret != NULL)
8240 return ret;
8241 }
8242
8243 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8244 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8245 {
8246 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8247 psinfo32_t data;
8248 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8249 #else
8250 prpsinfo32_t data;
8251 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8252 #endif
8253
8254 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8255 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8256 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8257 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8258 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8259 }
8260 else
8261 #endif
8262 {
8263 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8264 psinfo_t data;
8265 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
8266 #else
8267 prpsinfo_t data;
8268 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
8269 #endif
8270
8271 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
8272 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
8273 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
8274 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8275 note_name, note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
8276 }
8277 }
8278 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
8279
8280 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8281 char *
8282 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
8283 char *buf,
8284 int *bufsiz,
8285 long pid,
8286 int cursig,
8287 const void *gregs)
8288 {
8289 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8290 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8291
8292 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
8293 {
8294 char *ret;
8295 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8296 NT_PRSTATUS,
8297 pid, cursig, gregs);
8298 if (ret != NULL)
8299 return ret;
8300 }
8301
8302 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8303 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8304 {
8305 prstatus32_t prstat;
8306
8307 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8308 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8309 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8310 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8311 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8312 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8313 }
8314 else
8315 #endif
8316 {
8317 prstatus_t prstat;
8318
8319 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
8320 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
8321 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8322 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
8323 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8324 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
8325 }
8326 }
8327 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
8328
8329 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8330 char *
8331 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
8332 char *buf,
8333 int *bufsiz,
8334 long pid,
8335 int cursig,
8336 const void *gregs)
8337 {
8338 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8339 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8340
8341 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
8342 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
8343 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
8344 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8345 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
8346 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8347 #if !defined(gregs)
8348 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
8349 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
8350 #else
8351 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
8352 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
8353 #endif
8354 #endif
8355 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8356 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
8357 }
8358 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
8359
8360 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8361 char *
8362 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
8363 char *buf,
8364 int *bufsiz,
8365 long pid,
8366 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8367 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8368 {
8369 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8370 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8371 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8372
8373 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
8374 {
8375 pstatus32_t pstat;
8376
8377 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8378 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8379 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8380 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8381 return buf;
8382 }
8383 else
8384 #endif
8385 {
8386 pstatus_t pstat;
8387
8388 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
8389 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
8390 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
8391 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
8392 return buf;
8393 }
8394 }
8395 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
8396
8397 char *
8398 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8399 char *buf,
8400 int *bufsiz,
8401 const void *fpregs,
8402 int size)
8403 {
8404 const char *note_name = "CORE";
8405 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8406 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
8407 }
8408
8409 char *
8410 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
8411 char *buf,
8412 int *bufsiz,
8413 const void *xfpregs,
8414 int size)
8415 {
8416 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8417 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8418 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
8419 }
8420
8421 char *
8422 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
8423 char *buf,
8424 int *bufsiz,
8425 const void *ppc_vmx,
8426 int size)
8427 {
8428 char *note_name = "LINUX";
8429 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
8430 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
8431 }
8432
8433 static bfd_boolean
8434 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
8435 {
8436 char *p;
8437
8438 p = buf;
8439 while (p < buf + size)
8440 {
8441 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
8442 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
8443 Elf_Internal_Note in;
8444
8445 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
8446
8447 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
8448 in.namedata = xnp->name;
8449
8450 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
8451 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
8452 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
8453
8454 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
8455 {
8456 default:
8457 return TRUE;
8458
8459 case bfd_core:
8460 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
8461 {
8462 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
8463 return FALSE;
8464 }
8465 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
8466 {
8467 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
8468 return FALSE;
8469 }
8470 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
8471 {
8472 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
8473 return FALSE;
8474 }
8475 else
8476 {
8477 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
8478 return FALSE;
8479 }
8480 break;
8481
8482 case bfd_object:
8483 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
8484 {
8485 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
8486 return FALSE;
8487 }
8488 break;
8489 }
8490
8491 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
8492 }
8493
8494 return TRUE;
8495 }
8496
8497 static bfd_boolean
8498 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
8499 {
8500 char *buf;
8501
8502 if (size <= 0)
8503 return TRUE;
8504
8505 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
8506 return FALSE;
8507
8508 buf = bfd_malloc (size);
8509 if (buf == NULL)
8510 return FALSE;
8511
8512 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
8513 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
8514 {
8515 free (buf);
8516 return FALSE;
8517 }
8518
8519 free (buf);
8520 return TRUE;
8521 }
8522 \f
8523 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
8524
8525 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
8526 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
8527 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8528
8529 long
8530 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
8531 {
8532 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8533 {
8534 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8535 return -1;
8536 }
8537
8538 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
8539 }
8540
8541 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
8542 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
8543 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
8544 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
8545
8546 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
8547 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
8548
8549 int
8550 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
8551 {
8552 int num_phdrs;
8553
8554 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
8555 {
8556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
8557 return -1;
8558 }
8559
8560 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
8561 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
8562 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
8563
8564 return num_phdrs;
8565 }
8566
8567 enum elf_reloc_type_class
8568 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8569 {
8570 return reloc_class_normal;
8571 }
8572
8573 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
8574 relocation against a local symbol. */
8575
8576 bfd_vma
8577 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8578 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8579 asection **psec,
8580 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
8581 {
8582 asection *sec = *psec;
8583 bfd_vma relocation;
8584
8585 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
8586 + sec->output_offset
8587 + sym->st_value);
8588 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
8589 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
8590 && sec->sec_info_type == ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8591 {
8592 rel->r_addend =
8593 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8594 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8595 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
8596 if (sec != *psec)
8597 {
8598 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
8599 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
8600 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
8601 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
8602 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
8603 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
8604 sec->kept_section = *psec;
8605 sec = *psec;
8606 }
8607 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
8608 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8609 }
8610 return relocation;
8611 }
8612
8613 bfd_vma
8614 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
8615 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
8616 asection **psec,
8617 bfd_vma addend)
8618 {
8619 asection *sec = *psec;
8620
8621 if (sec->sec_info_type != ELF_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
8622 return sym->st_value + addend;
8623
8624 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
8625 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8626 sym->st_value + addend);
8627 }
8628
8629 bfd_vma
8630 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
8631 struct bfd_link_info *info,
8632 asection *sec,
8633 bfd_vma offset)
8634 {
8635 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
8636 {
8637 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
8638 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
8639 offset);
8640 case ELF_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
8641 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
8642 default:
8643 return offset;
8644 }
8645 }
8646 \f
8647 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
8648 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
8649 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
8650 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
8651 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
8652 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
8653
8654 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
8655 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
8656 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
8657 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
8658 the remote memory. */
8659
8660 bfd *
8661 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
8662 (bfd *templ,
8663 bfd_vma ehdr_vma,
8664 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
8665 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, int))
8666 {
8667 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
8668 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
8669 }
8670 \f
8671 long
8672 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
8673 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8674 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8675 long dynsymcount,
8676 asymbol **dynsyms,
8677 asymbol **ret)
8678 {
8679 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8680 asection *relplt;
8681 asymbol *s;
8682 const char *relplt_name;
8683 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
8684 arelent *p;
8685 long count, i, n;
8686 size_t size;
8687 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8688 char *names;
8689 asection *plt;
8690
8691 *ret = NULL;
8692
8693 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
8694 return 0;
8695
8696 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
8697 return 0;
8698
8699 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
8700 return 0;
8701
8702 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
8703 if (relplt_name == NULL)
8704 relplt_name = bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
8705 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
8706 if (relplt == NULL)
8707 return 0;
8708
8709 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
8710 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
8711 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
8712 return 0;
8713
8714 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
8715 if (plt == NULL)
8716 return 0;
8717
8718 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
8719 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
8720 return -1;
8721
8722 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
8723 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
8724 p = relplt->relocation;
8725 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8726 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
8727
8728 s = *ret = bfd_malloc (size);
8729 if (s == NULL)
8730 return -1;
8731
8732 names = (char *) (s + count);
8733 p = relplt->relocation;
8734 n = 0;
8735 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p++)
8736 {
8737 size_t len;
8738 bfd_vma addr;
8739
8740 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
8741 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
8742 continue;
8743
8744 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
8745 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
8746 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
8747 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
8748 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
8749 s->section = plt;
8750 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
8751 s->name = names;
8752 s->udata.p = NULL;
8753 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
8754 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
8755 names += len;
8756 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
8757 names += sizeof ("@plt");
8758 ++s, ++n;
8759 }
8760
8761 return n;
8762 }
8763
8764 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
8765 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
8766 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
8767 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
8768
8769 void
8770 _bfd_elf_set_osabi (bfd * abfd,
8771 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8772 {
8773 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
8774
8775 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
8776
8777 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
8778 }
8779
8780
8781 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
8782 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
8783 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC. */
8784
8785 bfd_boolean
8786 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
8787 {
8788 return (type == STT_FUNC);
8789 }
This page took 0.464393 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.